forked from aniani/vim
Problem: There is still code and help for unsupported systems. Solution: Remove the code and text. (Hirohito Higashi)
11191 lines
268 KiB
C
11191 lines
268 KiB
C
/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
*
|
|
* VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
*
|
|
* Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
* Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
* See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "vim.h"
|
|
#include "version.h"
|
|
|
|
static char_u *vim_version_dir(char_u *vimdir);
|
|
static char_u *remove_tail(char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name);
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)
|
|
static void init_users(void);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static int copy_indent(int size, char_u *src);
|
|
|
|
/* All user names (for ~user completion as done by shell). */
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
static garray_T ga_users;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_indent(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_indent_lnum(linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
* "buf".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_indent_buf(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
* 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_indent_str(
|
|
char_u *ptr,
|
|
int ts,
|
|
int list) /* if TRUE, count only screen size for tabs */
|
|
{
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*ptr == TAB)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!list || lcs_tab1) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
else
|
|
/* In list mode, when tab is not set, count screen char width
|
|
* for Tab, displays: ^I */
|
|
count += ptr2cells(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return count;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
* Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
* Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
* "flags":
|
|
* SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
* SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
* SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
* Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
set_indent(
|
|
int size, /* measured in spaces */
|
|
int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *newline;
|
|
char_u *oldline;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
|
|
int line_len;
|
|
int doit = FALSE;
|
|
int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
|
|
int tab_pad;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
|
|
'et' and 'pi' are both set */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
* characters needed for the indent.
|
|
*/
|
|
todo = size;
|
|
ind_len = 0;
|
|
p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
* isn't already set */
|
|
|
|
/* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
|
|
* 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
|
|
* beginning of the line to be copied */
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
|
|
{
|
|
/* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
* the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
{
|
|
ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == TAB)
|
|
{
|
|
tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
- (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
/* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
break;
|
|
todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
++ind_done;
|
|
}
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
|
|
* preserving indent but expandtab is set */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
orig_char_len = ind_len;
|
|
|
|
/* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
doit = TRUE;
|
|
todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
/* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p != TAB)
|
|
doit = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
++p;
|
|
todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
/* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
while (todo > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p != ' ')
|
|
doit = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
++p;
|
|
--todo;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
/* ++ind_done; */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
p = oldline;
|
|
else
|
|
p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
|
|
/* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
|
|
* characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
|
|
* after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
|
|
if (orig_char_len != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
|
|
if (newline == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
todo = size - ind_done;
|
|
ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
|
|
* characters, which may have been
|
|
* undercounted until now */
|
|
p = oldline;
|
|
s = newline;
|
|
while (orig_char_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*s++ = *p++;
|
|
orig_char_len--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
|
|
* than old) */
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
++p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
todo = size;
|
|
newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
if (newline == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
s = newline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
/* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
* the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
{
|
|
p = oldline;
|
|
ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == TAB)
|
|
{
|
|
tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
- (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
/* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
break;
|
|
todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
++ind_done;
|
|
}
|
|
*s++ = *p++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
{
|
|
*s++ = TAB;
|
|
todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
{
|
|
*s++ = TAB;
|
|
todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
while (todo > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*s++ = ' ';
|
|
--todo;
|
|
}
|
|
mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
|
/* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
/* Correct saved cursor position if it is in this line. */
|
|
if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
/* cursor was after the indent, adjust for the number of
|
|
* bytes added/removed */
|
|
saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
|
|
else if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(s - newline))
|
|
/* cursor was in the indent, and is now after it, put it back
|
|
* at the start of the indent (replacing spaces with TAB) */
|
|
saved_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(s - newline);
|
|
}
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
* Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
* Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
copy_indent(int size, char_u *src)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
int ind_len;
|
|
int line_len = 0;
|
|
int tab_pad;
|
|
int ind_done;
|
|
int round;
|
|
|
|
/* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
* Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
todo = size;
|
|
ind_len = 0;
|
|
ind_done = 0;
|
|
s = src;
|
|
|
|
/* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*s == TAB)
|
|
{
|
|
tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
- (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
/* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
break;
|
|
todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
++ind_done;
|
|
}
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p++ = *s;
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
{
|
|
todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p++ = TAB;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
{
|
|
todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p++ = TAB;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
while (todo > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
++ind_len;
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p++ = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
* and the rest of the line. */
|
|
line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
if (line == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
p = line;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Append the original line */
|
|
mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
|
/* Replace the line */
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
* number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
* Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_number_indent(linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
pos_T pos;
|
|
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
int lead_len = 0; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
|
if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
/* In format_lines() (i.e. not insert mode), fo+=q is needed too... */
|
|
if ((State & INSERT) || has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS))
|
|
lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
#endif
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us
|
|
* start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */
|
|
if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
{
|
|
pos.lnum = lnum;
|
|
pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum));
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
return (int)col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return appropriate space number for breakindent, taking influencing
|
|
* parameters into account. Window must be specified, since it is not
|
|
* necessarily always the current one.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_breakindent_win(
|
|
win_T *wp,
|
|
char_u *line) /* start of the line */
|
|
{
|
|
static int prev_indent = 0; /* cached indent value */
|
|
static long prev_ts = 0L; /* cached tabstop value */
|
|
static char_u *prev_line = NULL; /* cached pointer to line */
|
|
static int prev_tick = 0; /* changedtick of cached value */
|
|
int bri = 0;
|
|
/* window width minus window margin space, i.e. what rests for text */
|
|
const int eff_wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp)
|
|
- ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu)
|
|
&& (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)
|
|
? number_width(wp) + 1 : 0);
|
|
|
|
/* used cached indent, unless pointer or 'tabstop' changed */
|
|
if (prev_line != line || prev_ts != wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
|
|
|| prev_tick != wp->w_buffer->b_changedtick)
|
|
{
|
|
prev_line = line;
|
|
prev_ts = wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts;
|
|
prev_tick = wp->w_buffer->b_changedtick;
|
|
prev_indent = get_indent_str(line,
|
|
(int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, wp->w_p_list);
|
|
}
|
|
bri = prev_indent + wp->w_p_brishift;
|
|
|
|
/* indent minus the length of the showbreak string */
|
|
if (wp->w_p_brisbr)
|
|
bri -= vim_strsize(p_sbr);
|
|
|
|
/* Add offset for number column, if 'n' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
bri += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
|
/* never indent past left window margin */
|
|
if (bri < 0)
|
|
bri = 0;
|
|
/* always leave at least bri_min characters on the left,
|
|
* if text width is sufficient */
|
|
else if (bri > eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin)
|
|
bri = (eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin < 0)
|
|
? 0 : eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin;
|
|
|
|
return bri;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
|
static int cin_is_cinword(char_u *line);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_is_cinword(char_u *line)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *cinw;
|
|
char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
int cinw_len;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
{
|
|
len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
&& (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
{
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
*
|
|
* For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
* file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
* lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
* new line.
|
|
* "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
* OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
* OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
* OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
* OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent
|
|
*
|
|
* "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag
|
|
* OPENLINE_COM_LIST
|
|
*
|
|
* Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
open_line(
|
|
int dir, /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
int flags,
|
|
int second_line_indent)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
int n;
|
|
int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|| defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
pos_T *pos;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
&& !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
# endif
|
|
);
|
|
int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
int vreplace_mode;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
*/
|
|
saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
* starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
* with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
* we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
* original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
* the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
* stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
else
|
|
next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
* replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
* line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
* might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
* etc) a bit later.
|
|
*/
|
|
replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
while (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
p += replace_push_mb(p);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
replace_push(*p++);
|
|
}
|
|
saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
{
|
|
p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
first_char = *p;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
#endif
|
|
saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
*p_extra = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
* the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
* set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
* indent to use for the new line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|| do_si
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* count white space on current line
|
|
*/
|
|
newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE);
|
|
if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST))
|
|
newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do smart indenting.
|
|
* In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
* we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
* don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
* "if (condition) {"
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
&& (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
char_u last_char;
|
|
|
|
old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
ptr = saved_line;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
* recognised as comments.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
# endif
|
|
ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
{
|
|
while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
newindent = get_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* This case gets the following right:
|
|
* \*
|
|
* * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
* *\
|
|
* #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
* This should line up here;
|
|
*/
|
|
p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
p++;
|
|
if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
{
|
|
for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
* with the line containing the start of
|
|
* the comment
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
newindent = get_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
# endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
--p;
|
|
last_char = *p;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
*/
|
|
if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
{
|
|
if (p > ptr)
|
|
--p;
|
|
while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
--p;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
* lines. eg:
|
|
* if (condition &&
|
|
* condition) {
|
|
* Should line up here!
|
|
* }
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*p == ')')
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
newindent = get_indent();
|
|
ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
* checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (last_char == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
* Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
* '}'.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
&& cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
did_si = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
* recognised as comments.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
# endif
|
|
ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
{
|
|
int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
}
|
|
if (was_backslashed)
|
|
newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
else
|
|
newindent = get_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
did_si = TRUE;
|
|
else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
}
|
|
if (do_si)
|
|
can_si = TRUE;
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
|
did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
* This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
*/
|
|
end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
int current_flag;
|
|
int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
char_u *p2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
* be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
{
|
|
require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
{
|
|
current_flag = *p;
|
|
if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* find start of middle part */
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
|
while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
|
if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
* the comment leader.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
comment_end = p;
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
{
|
|
lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
* comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
* comment leader on the next line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
&& ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
&& (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|| (p_extra == NULL
|
|
&& saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|| require_blank))
|
|
extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
* Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
* start (for C-comments).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
* Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
--p;
|
|
for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
&& lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
;
|
|
lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
|
/* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
* the comment-end */
|
|
extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
}
|
|
if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
p2++;
|
|
end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
* when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (lead_len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */
|
|
leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len
|
|
+ (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1);
|
|
allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
|
if (leader == NULL)
|
|
lead_len = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
int c = 0;
|
|
int off = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
c = *p++;
|
|
else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
else
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
{
|
|
/* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
&& vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
;
|
|
++p;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
* screen characters, not bytes. */
|
|
{
|
|
int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
lead_repl_len);
|
|
int old_size = 0;
|
|
char_u *endp = p;
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
|
|
{
|
|
mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
|
|
old_size += ptr2cells(p);
|
|
}
|
|
l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
|
|
if (l != 0)
|
|
mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
|
|
(size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
|
|
lead_len += l;
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
p = leader;
|
|
else
|
|
p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
#endif
|
|
mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
while (--p >= leader)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
|
|
|
|
if (l > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
p -= l;
|
|
if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
p[1] = ' ';
|
|
--l;
|
|
}
|
|
mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
|
|
(size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
|
|
lead_len -= l;
|
|
*p = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
*p = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
{
|
|
p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
* screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
|
|
* not to be overwritten. */
|
|
{
|
|
int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
lead_repl_len);
|
|
int i;
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < lead_len && p[i] != NUL; i += l)
|
|
{
|
|
l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (i != lead_repl_len)
|
|
{
|
|
mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
|
|
(size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
|
|
lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
|
/* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
* leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
* remain the same. */
|
|
for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
{
|
|
--lead_len;
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
(leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
|
|
if (l > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Replace a double-wide char with
|
|
* two spaces */
|
|
--l;
|
|
*p++ = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
|
|
(leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
lead_len -= l - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
*p = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|| do_si
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* Add the indent offset */
|
|
if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
off = -newindent;
|
|
newindent = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
newindent += off;
|
|
|
|
/* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
* alignment remains equal. */
|
|
while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
&& leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
--lead_len;
|
|
--off;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
* extra space */
|
|
if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (extra_space)
|
|
{
|
|
leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
* is in the comment leader
|
|
*/
|
|
if (newindent
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|| did_si
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
{
|
|
--lead_len;
|
|
--newcol;
|
|
++leader;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
* If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
* indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
* comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
(curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|| do_si
|
|
#endif
|
|
))
|
|
{
|
|
old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
newindent = get_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
* non-blank.
|
|
*
|
|
* When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
* preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
{
|
|
while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
&& (!enc_utf8
|
|
|| !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
++p_extra;
|
|
++less_cols_off;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
|
/* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
/* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
if (lead_len)
|
|
{
|
|
if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int padding = second_line_indent
|
|
- (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader));
|
|
|
|
/* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char.
|
|
* Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the
|
|
* whitespace needed before the comment char. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < padding; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCAT(leader, " ");
|
|
less_cols--;
|
|
newcol++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
p_extra = leader;
|
|
did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
== FAIL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
/* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
* with markers.
|
|
* Skip mark_adjust when adding a line after the last one, there can't
|
|
* be marks there. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
did_append = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
{
|
|
/* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
* again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
}
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
did_append = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (newindent
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|| did_si
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
if (did_si)
|
|
{
|
|
int sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
|
|
|
|
if (p_sr)
|
|
newindent -= newindent % sw;
|
|
newindent += sw;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Copy the indent */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
* with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
* it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
*/
|
|
curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
(void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
* be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
*/
|
|
if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
if (no_si)
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
/*
|
|
* In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
* a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
|
if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
{
|
|
/* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
/* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
saved_line = NULL;
|
|
if (did_append)
|
|
{
|
|
changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
* have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (did_append)
|
|
changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
* fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
* normal INSERT mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
/*
|
|
* May do lisp indenting.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!p_paste
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
&& leader == NULL
|
|
# endif
|
|
&& curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
&& curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
{
|
|
fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
/*
|
|
* May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!p_paste
|
|
&& (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|| *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
# endif
|
|
)
|
|
&& in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
: KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
{
|
|
do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
* original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
* onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
|
|
/* Put back original line */
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
next_line = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
theend:
|
|
curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
vim_free(next_line);
|
|
vim_free(allocated);
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_leader_len() returns the length in bytes of the prefix of the given
|
|
* string which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then
|
|
* 0 is returned.
|
|
* When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
* comment leader.
|
|
* "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
* If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the
|
|
* length.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_leader_len(
|
|
char_u *line,
|
|
char_u **flags,
|
|
int backward,
|
|
int include_space)
|
|
{
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
int result;
|
|
int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
int found_one;
|
|
char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
char_u *list;
|
|
int middle_match_len = 0;
|
|
char_u *prev_list;
|
|
char_u *saved_flags = NULL;
|
|
|
|
result = i = 0;
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (line[i] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
*/
|
|
found_one = FALSE;
|
|
for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next
|
|
* one. Put "string" at start of string. */
|
|
if (!got_com && flags != NULL)
|
|
*flags = list; /* remember where flags started */
|
|
prev_list = list;
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
continue;
|
|
*string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
|
/* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this
|
|
* is not a middle or end. */
|
|
if (middle_match_len != 0
|
|
&& vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL
|
|
&& vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
* nested comments. */
|
|
if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */
|
|
if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Line contents and string must match.
|
|
* When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
* (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
* TABs and spaces). */
|
|
if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
{
|
|
if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
continue; /* missing white space */
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
++string;
|
|
}
|
|
for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
;
|
|
if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
continue; /* string doesn't match */
|
|
|
|
/* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
* end-of-line after the string in the line. */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
&& !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle
|
|
* comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end
|
|
* comment in which case it's better to return the length of the
|
|
* end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle
|
|
* and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (middle_match_len == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
middle_match_len = j;
|
|
saved_flags = prev_list;
|
|
}
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len)
|
|
/* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a
|
|
* longer thus better match. */
|
|
middle_match_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (middle_match_len == 0)
|
|
i += j;
|
|
found_one = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (middle_match_len != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a
|
|
* match with an end. */
|
|
if (!got_com && flags != NULL)
|
|
*flags = saved_flags;
|
|
i += middle_match_len;
|
|
found_one = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* No match found, stop scanning. */
|
|
if (!found_one)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
result = i;
|
|
|
|
/* Include any trailing white space. */
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
if (include_space)
|
|
result = i;
|
|
|
|
/* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */
|
|
got_com = TRUE;
|
|
if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no
|
|
* comment in the whole line, -1 is returned.
|
|
*
|
|
* When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the
|
|
* recognized comment leader.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_last_leader_offset(char_u *line, char_u **flags)
|
|
{
|
|
int result = -1;
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
int lower_check_bound = 0;
|
|
char_u *string;
|
|
char_u *com_leader;
|
|
char_u *com_flags;
|
|
char_u *list;
|
|
int found_one;
|
|
char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
i = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
while (--i >= lower_check_bound)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
*/
|
|
found_one = FALSE;
|
|
for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *flags_save = list;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
* put string at start of string.
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually
|
|
* happen. */
|
|
{
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
*string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */
|
|
com_leader = string;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Line contents and string must match.
|
|
* When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
* (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
* TABs and spaces).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
{
|
|
if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
continue;
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
++string;
|
|
}
|
|
for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
/* do nothing */;
|
|
if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
* end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
&& !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
*/
|
|
found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (flags)
|
|
*flags = flags_save;
|
|
com_flags = flags_save;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (found_one)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
int len1, len2, off;
|
|
|
|
result = i;
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this comment nests, continue searching.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
lower_check_bound = i;
|
|
|
|
/* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring
|
|
* of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the
|
|
* lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined
|
|
* the comment leader correctly.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader))
|
|
++com_leader;
|
|
len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader);
|
|
|
|
for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *flags_save = list;
|
|
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
if (flags_save == com_flags)
|
|
continue;
|
|
string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':');
|
|
++string;
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(*string))
|
|
++string;
|
|
len2 = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
if (len2 == 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring
|
|
* beginning the com_leader. */
|
|
for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;)
|
|
{
|
|
--off;
|
|
if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off))
|
|
{
|
|
if (i - off < lower_check_bound)
|
|
lower_check_bound = i - off;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
plines(linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
plines_win(
|
|
win_T *wp,
|
|
linenr_T lnum,
|
|
int winheight) /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
* is one line anyway. */
|
|
return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
plines_nofill(linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
plines_win_nofill(
|
|
win_T *wp,
|
|
linenr_T lnum,
|
|
int winheight) /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
{
|
|
#endif
|
|
int lines;
|
|
|
|
if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
/* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
/* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
return lines;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
* "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
plines_win_nofold(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
long col;
|
|
int width;
|
|
|
|
s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
return 1;
|
|
col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
* extra column.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
col += 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
*/
|
|
width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
if (width <= 0)
|
|
return 32000;
|
|
if (col <= width)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
col -= width;
|
|
width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
* used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
plines_win_col(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, long column)
|
|
{
|
|
long col;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int lines = 0;
|
|
int width;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
/* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
* is one line anyway. */
|
|
lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
return lines + 1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
return lines + 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
line = s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
col = 0;
|
|
while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
* INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
* screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
* from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
* 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
if (width <= 0)
|
|
return 9999;
|
|
|
|
lines += 1;
|
|
if (col > width)
|
|
lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
|
|
return lines;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
plines_m_win(win_T *wp, linenr_T first, linenr_T last)
|
|
{
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (first <= last)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
int x;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
* that are maybe folded. */
|
|
x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
if (x > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
first += x;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
++first;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return (count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
* Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ins_bytes(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|| defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
* Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ins_bytes_len(char_u *p, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
{
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
/* avoid reading past p[len] */
|
|
n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
|
|
else
|
|
n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
* When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
* Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
* For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
* convert bytes to a character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ins_char(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
|
/* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
* Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
|
ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
ins_char_bytes(char_u *buf, int charlen)
|
|
{
|
|
int c = buf[0];
|
|
#endif
|
|
int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *newp;
|
|
char_u *oldp;
|
|
int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
/* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
|
/* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
oldlen = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
newlen = charlen;
|
|
#else
|
|
newlen = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
colnr_T vcol;
|
|
int old_list;
|
|
#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u buf[2];
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
* Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
* curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
*/
|
|
old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
* characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
* be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
* cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
*/
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
buf[0] = c;
|
|
buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
{
|
|
vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
/* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
* position. */
|
|
if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
#else
|
|
++oldlen;
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* normal replace */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
|
|
#else
|
|
oldlen = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
* put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
* done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
* first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
if (newp == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
if (col > 0)
|
|
mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
|
/* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
p = newp + col;
|
|
mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
(size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
|
/* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
i = charlen;
|
|
#else
|
|
*p = c;
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
while (i < newlen)
|
|
p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
|
/* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
* show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
&& msg_silent == 0
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
&& !ins_compl_active()
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
showmatch(mb_ptr2char(buf));
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
showmatch(c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
#else
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
* Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
* Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ins_str(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
int oldlen;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
|
newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
if (newp == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (col > 0)
|
|
mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
* If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
* Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
*
|
|
* return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
del_char(int fixpos)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
del_chars(long count, int fixpos)
|
|
{
|
|
long bytes = 0;
|
|
long i;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
bytes += l;
|
|
p += l;
|
|
}
|
|
return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
* If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
* Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
*
|
|
* return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
del_bytes(
|
|
long count,
|
|
int fixpos_arg,
|
|
int use_delcombine UNUSED) /* 'delcombine' option applies */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
int was_alloced;
|
|
long movelen;
|
|
int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
|
|
|
|
oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
* delete the last combining character. */
|
|
if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
|
|
&& utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc[MAX_MCO];
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
(void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
|
|
if (cc[0] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
n = col;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
col = n;
|
|
count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
|
|
n += count;
|
|
} while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
fixpos = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
*/
|
|
movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
* fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
|
|
* unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
&& (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
(*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
count = oldlen - col;
|
|
movelen = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
* existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
* Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
|
|
* netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
|
|
* care of notifying Netbeans.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
if (netbeans_active())
|
|
was_alloced = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
if (was_alloced)
|
|
newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
else
|
|
{ /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
if (newp == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
}
|
|
mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
if (!was_alloced)
|
|
ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
* Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
*
|
|
* return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
truncate_line(
|
|
int fixpos) /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *newp;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
if (col == 0)
|
|
newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
else
|
|
newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
|
if (newp == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
* Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
del_lines(
|
|
long nlines, /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
int undo) /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
{
|
|
long n;
|
|
linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
ml_delete(first, TRUE);
|
|
++n;
|
|
|
|
/* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
|
|
* trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
|
/* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
gchar_pos(pos_T *pos)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return (int)*ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
gchar_cursor(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
#endif
|
|
return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
* It is directly written into the block.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
pchar_cursor(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
*(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
+ curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
* non-blank in the line.
|
|
* When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
* the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
inindent(int extra)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
|
|
for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
++ptr;
|
|
if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
skip_to_option_part(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == ',')
|
|
++p;
|
|
while (*p == ' ')
|
|
++p;
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
* mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
*
|
|
* Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
changed(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
/* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
* mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
* text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
return;
|
|
xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
{
|
|
int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
|
/* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
|
|
* check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
|
|
change_warning(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
* Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
&& !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int save_need_wait_return = need_wait_return;
|
|
|
|
need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
|
/* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
* Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
* message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
* and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
need_wait_return = save_need_wait_return;
|
|
}
|
|
changed_int();
|
|
}
|
|
++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
changed_int(void)
|
|
{
|
|
curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
ml_setflags(curbuf);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
check_status(curbuf);
|
|
redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void changedOneline(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum);
|
|
static void changed_lines_buf(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra);
|
|
static void changed_common(linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
* - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
* - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
* - invalidates cached values
|
|
* Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
changed_bytes(linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col)
|
|
{
|
|
changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
|
|
changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
/* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
|
for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
changedOneline(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
{
|
|
/* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
* Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
* Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
appended_lines(linenr_T lnum, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
appended_lines_mark(linenr_T lnum, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip mark_adjust when adding a line after the last one, there can't
|
|
* be marks there. */
|
|
if (lnum + count < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
* Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
* Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
deleted_lines(linenr_T lnum, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
* Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
|
|
* be triggered to display the cursor.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
deleted_lines_mark(linenr_T lnum, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
* Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
* - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
* - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
* - invalidate cached values
|
|
* "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
* below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
* When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
* Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
* Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
changed_lines(
|
|
linenr_T lnum, /* first line with change */
|
|
colnr_T col, /* column in first line with change */
|
|
linenr_T lnume, /* line below last changed line */
|
|
long xtra) /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
{
|
|
changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
|
|
* called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
|
|
* displaying. */
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
|
for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
|
|
lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
changed_lines_buf(
|
|
buf_T *buf,
|
|
linenr_T lnum, /* first line with change */
|
|
linenr_T lnume, /* line below last changed line */
|
|
long xtra) /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
{
|
|
/* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
{
|
|
/* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Common code for when a change is was made.
|
|
* See changed_lines() for the arguments.
|
|
* Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
changed_common(
|
|
linenr_T lnum,
|
|
colnr_T col,
|
|
linenr_T lnume,
|
|
long xtra)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int i;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
int cols;
|
|
pos_T *p;
|
|
int add;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
changed();
|
|
|
|
/* set the '. mark */
|
|
if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
{
|
|
curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
/* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
* don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
add = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
* as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
* creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
add = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
if (cols == 0)
|
|
cols = 79;
|
|
add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (add)
|
|
{
|
|
/* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
* and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
* position in the changelist. */
|
|
curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
{
|
|
/* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
* this buffer. */
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
--wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
{
|
|
/* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
* at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
&& wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
}
|
|
++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
/* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
* takes you back to it. */
|
|
curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
* values for the cursor. */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
* a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
*/
|
|
foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
|
/* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
* included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
* might be displayed differently.
|
|
* Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
* inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
|
/* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
* compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
* other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
* For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
* inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
* after the change. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
{
|
|
/* line included in change */
|
|
wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* line below change */
|
|
wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
* may need to be redrawn */
|
|
wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
/* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
|
|
* changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
|
|
if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
|
|
set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* relative numbering may require updating more */
|
|
if (wp->w_p_rnu)
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, SOME_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
* since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
/* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
|
|
if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
&& lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
unchanged(
|
|
buf_T *buf,
|
|
int ff) /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE)))
|
|
{
|
|
buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
ml_setflags(buf);
|
|
if (ff)
|
|
save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
check_status(buf);
|
|
redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
* need to be updated
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
check_status(buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
{
|
|
wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
* Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
* Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
* If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
|
|
* will be TRUE.
|
|
* Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
change_warning(
|
|
int col) /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
{
|
|
static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
&& curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
&& !autocmd_busy
|
|
#endif
|
|
&& curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
++curbuf_lock;
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
--curbuf_lock;
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
return;
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
* be after the mode message.
|
|
*/
|
|
msg_start();
|
|
if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
msg_col = col;
|
|
msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
|
|
#endif
|
|
msg_clr_eos();
|
|
(void)msg_end();
|
|
if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
{
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
}
|
|
curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
* No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
* reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
* If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
* from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
*
|
|
* return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
ask_yesno(char_u *str, int direct)
|
|
{
|
|
int r = ' ';
|
|
int save_State = State;
|
|
|
|
if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
++no_wait_return;
|
|
#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
#endif
|
|
State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
#endif
|
|
++no_mapping;
|
|
++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
|
while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
{
|
|
/* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
if (direct)
|
|
r = get_keystroke();
|
|
else
|
|
r = plain_vgetc();
|
|
if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
r = 'n';
|
|
msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
--no_wait_return;
|
|
State = save_State;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
setmouse();
|
|
#endif
|
|
--no_mapping;
|
|
--allow_keys;
|
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "c" is a mouse key.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
is_mouse_key(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
return c == K_LEFTMOUSE
|
|
|| c == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|| c == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|| c == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|| c == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|| c == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|| c == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|| c == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|| c == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|| c == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|| c == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|| c == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|| c == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|| c == K_MOUSELEFT
|
|
|| c == K_MOUSERIGHT
|
|
|| c == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|| c == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|| c == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|| c == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|| c == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|| c == K_X2RELEASE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
* Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
* button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
* Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
* Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
* Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_keystroke(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
int buflen = 150;
|
|
int maxlen;
|
|
int len = 0;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
int waited = 0;
|
|
|
|
mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
cursor_on();
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
|
|
/* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max
|
|
* 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of
|
|
* bytes. */
|
|
maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3;
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
buf = alloc(buflen);
|
|
else if (maxlen < 10)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *t_buf = buf;
|
|
|
|
/* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long
|
|
* escape sequence. */
|
|
buflen += 100;
|
|
buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen);
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
vim_free(t_buf);
|
|
maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3;
|
|
}
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen);
|
|
return ESC; /* panic! */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
* terminal code to complete. */
|
|
n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
len += n;
|
|
waited = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (len > 0)
|
|
++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
|
|
|
|
/* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
|
|
if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0
|
|
&& (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
|
|
{
|
|
if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
}
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
len = n;
|
|
if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
n = buf[0];
|
|
if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
{
|
|
n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|| n == K_IGNORE
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|| (is_mouse_key(n) && n != K_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|| n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|| n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
len -= 3;
|
|
if (len > 0)
|
|
mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
if (n == intr_char)
|
|
n = ESC;
|
|
#endif
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
|
mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
return n;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get a number from the user.
|
|
* When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_number(
|
|
int colon, /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
int *mouse_used)
|
|
{
|
|
int n = 0;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int typed = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
*mouse_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
* zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
#endif
|
|
++no_mapping;
|
|
++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
{
|
|
n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
msg_putchar(c);
|
|
++typed;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
{
|
|
if (typed > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
--typed;
|
|
}
|
|
n /= 10;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
{
|
|
*mouse_used = TRUE;
|
|
n = mouse_row + 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
{
|
|
stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
if (!exmode_active)
|
|
cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
--no_mapping;
|
|
--allow_keys;
|
|
return n;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ask the user to enter a number.
|
|
* When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
|
|
* the line number.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
prompt_for_number(int *mouse_used)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int save_cmdline_row;
|
|
int save_State;
|
|
|
|
/* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
|
|
if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
|
|
else
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
|
|
|
|
/* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
|
|
* get mouse events. */
|
|
save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
cmdline_row = 0;
|
|
save_State = State;
|
|
State = CMDLINE;
|
|
|
|
i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
|
|
if (KeyTyped)
|
|
{
|
|
/* don't call wait_return() now */
|
|
/* msg_putchar('\n'); */
|
|
cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
|
|
need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
msg_didany = FALSE;
|
|
msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
|
|
State = save_State;
|
|
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
msgmore(long n)
|
|
{
|
|
long pn;
|
|
|
|
if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|| !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
|
|
* a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
|
|
* then "put" reports the last action. */
|
|
if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
pn = n;
|
|
else
|
|
pn = -n;
|
|
|
|
if (pn > p_report)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pn == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"),
|
|
MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"),
|
|
MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
|
|
_("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
|
|
_("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
}
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN);
|
|
if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
{
|
|
set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
|
|
keep_msg_more = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
beep_flush(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
vim_beep(BO_ERROR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Give a warning for an error.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
vim_beep(
|
|
unsigned val) /* one of the BO_ values, e.g., BO_OPER */
|
|
{
|
|
if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!((bo_flags & val) || (bo_flags & BO_ALL)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (p_vb
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the
|
|
* GUI but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
&& !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
out_str(T_VB);
|
|
else
|
|
out_char(BELL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
|
|
* function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
* - get value of $HOME
|
|
* For Unix:
|
|
* - go to that directory
|
|
* - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
* This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
* Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
init_homedir(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *var;
|
|
|
|
/* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
|
|
vim_free(homedir);
|
|
homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
#else
|
|
var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
var = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WIN3264
|
|
/*
|
|
* Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
* variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
* when $HOME is being set.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *exp;
|
|
|
|
p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
&& STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
var = NameBuff;
|
|
/* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
* specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
* platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
* each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
|
homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
|
|
homepath = (char_u *)"\\";
|
|
if (homedrive != NULL
|
|
&& STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
{
|
|
sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
var = NameBuff;
|
|
/* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *pp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
* not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
|
|
if (pp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
homedir = pp;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Default home dir is C:/
|
|
* Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var == NULL)
|
|
var = (char_u *)"C:/";
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (var != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
/*
|
|
* Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
* links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
&& mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
var = IObuff;
|
|
if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
void
|
|
free_homedir(void)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(homedir);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
void
|
|
free_users(void)
|
|
{
|
|
ga_clear_strings(&ga_users);
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
* This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
* again soon.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
expand_env_save(char_u *src)
|
|
{
|
|
return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
|
|
* expand "~" at the start.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
expand_env_save_opt(char_u *src, int one)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
* "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
* Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
|
|
* If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
expand_env(
|
|
char_u *src, /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
char_u *dst, /* where to put the result */
|
|
int dstlen) /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
{
|
|
expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
expand_env_esc(
|
|
char_u *srcp, /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
char_u *dst, /* where to put the result */
|
|
int dstlen, /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
int esc, /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
int one, /* "srcp" is one file name */
|
|
char_u *startstr) /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *src;
|
|
char_u *tail;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u *var;
|
|
int copy_char;
|
|
int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
int startstr_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (startstr != NULL)
|
|
startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
|
|
|
|
src = skipwhite(srcp);
|
|
--dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
/* Skip over `=expr`. */
|
|
if (src[0] == '`' && src[1] == '=')
|
|
{
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
var = src;
|
|
src += 2;
|
|
(void)skip_expr(&src);
|
|
if (*src == '`')
|
|
++src;
|
|
len = src - var;
|
|
if (len > (size_t)dstlen)
|
|
len = dstlen;
|
|
vim_strncpy(dst, var, len);
|
|
dst += len;
|
|
dstlen -= (int)len;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
if ((*src == '$'
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
&& at_start
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|| *src == '%'
|
|
#endif
|
|
|| (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
{
|
|
mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
* be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
{
|
|
tail = src + 1;
|
|
var = dst;
|
|
c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
/* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
{
|
|
tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
*var++ = *tail++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|| (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
#endif
|
|
))
|
|
{
|
|
*var++ = *tail++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
# ifdef UNIX
|
|
if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
# else
|
|
if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
# endif
|
|
var = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef UNIX
|
|
if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
# else
|
|
if (*src == '%')
|
|
#endif
|
|
++tail;
|
|
#endif
|
|
*var = NUL;
|
|
var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
/* home directory */
|
|
else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|| vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|| vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
var = homedir;
|
|
tail = src + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else /* user directory */
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
*/
|
|
tail = src;
|
|
var = dst;
|
|
c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
while ( c-- > 0
|
|
&& *tail
|
|
&& vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
&& !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
*var++ = *tail++;
|
|
*var = NUL;
|
|
# ifdef UNIX
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
* Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
* expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
* does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
*/
|
|
# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
{
|
|
struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
|
/* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
|
|
* Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
|
|
pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
if (pw != NULL)
|
|
var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
else
|
|
var = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (var == NULL)
|
|
# endif
|
|
{
|
|
expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
|
ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
/*
|
|
* USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
* directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
stat_T st;
|
|
|
|
STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
next_path = paths;
|
|
while (*next_path)
|
|
{
|
|
for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
next_path++);
|
|
if (*next_path)
|
|
*next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
# endif /* UNIX */
|
|
#else
|
|
/* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
var = NULL;
|
|
tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
/* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
* Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mustfree)
|
|
vim_free(var);
|
|
var = p;
|
|
mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
forward_slash(var);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
* Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mustfree)
|
|
vim_free(var);
|
|
var = p;
|
|
mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
&& (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
c = (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
/* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
* with it, skip a character */
|
|
if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
|
|
#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
&& dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
#endif
|
|
&& vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
++tail;
|
|
dst += c;
|
|
src = tail;
|
|
copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mustfree)
|
|
vim_free(var);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
* Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
|
|
* ":edit foo ~ foo".
|
|
*/
|
|
at_start = FALSE;
|
|
if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
*dst++ = *src++;
|
|
--dstlen;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
|
|
at_start = TRUE;
|
|
*dst++ = *src++;
|
|
--dstlen;
|
|
|
|
if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
|
|
&& STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
|
|
at_start = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*dst = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
* Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
* Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
|
|
* "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be
|
|
* initialized to FALSE by the caller.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
vim_getenv(char_u *name, int *mustfree)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *pend;
|
|
int vimruntime;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
/* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
return homedir;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *pp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
* not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
if (pp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = pp;
|
|
*mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
* Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vimruntime
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
&& *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *pp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
|
|
* are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
|
|
* characters. */
|
|
acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
if (pp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*mustfree)
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
p = pp;
|
|
*mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
* - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
* - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
*/
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
p = p_hf;
|
|
#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
*/
|
|
else
|
|
p = exe_name;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* remove the file name */
|
|
pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
|
/* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
if (p == p_hf)
|
|
pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
# ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
/* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
|
|
if (p == exe_name)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *pend1;
|
|
char_u *pnew;
|
|
|
|
pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
|
|
if (pend1 != pend)
|
|
{
|
|
pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
|
|
STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
|
|
p = pnew;
|
|
pend = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
/* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
if (p == exe_name)
|
|
pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
if (!vimruntime)
|
|
{
|
|
pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
/* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
/* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
|
|
if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
|
|
--pend;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
|
|
if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
/* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
p = pend;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
*mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
/* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
* default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
*mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
*mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
*mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
* next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vimruntime)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
* Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
vim_version_dir(char_u *vimdir)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
return p;
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
return p;
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
* the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
remove_tail(char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)
|
|
{
|
|
int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
|
if (newend >= p
|
|
&& fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
&& (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
|
|
return newend;
|
|
return pend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
vim_setenv(char_u *name, char_u *val)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
#else
|
|
char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
* valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
/*
|
|
* When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message
|
|
* translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang");
|
|
|
|
if (buf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
get_env_name(
|
|
expand_T *xp UNUSED,
|
|
int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
/*
|
|
* No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
*/
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
# else
|
|
# ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
/* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
extern char **environ;
|
|
# endif
|
|
# define ENVNAMELEN 100
|
|
static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
|
|
char_u *str;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
if (str == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
|
|
{
|
|
if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
name[n] = str[n];
|
|
}
|
|
name[n] = NUL;
|
|
return name;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find all user names for user completion.
|
|
* Done only once and then cached.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
init_users(void)
|
|
{
|
|
static int lazy_init_done = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (lazy_init_done)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
lazy_init_done = TRUE;
|
|
ga_init2(&ga_users, sizeof(char_u *), 20);
|
|
|
|
# if defined(HAVE_GETPWENT) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u* user;
|
|
struct passwd* pw;
|
|
|
|
setpwent();
|
|
while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL)
|
|
/* pw->pw_name shouldn't be NULL but just in case... */
|
|
if (pw->pw_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ga_grow(&ga_users, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
user = vim_strsave((char_u*)pw->pw_name);
|
|
if (user == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
((char_u **)(ga_users.ga_data))[ga_users.ga_len++] = user;
|
|
}
|
|
endpwent();
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an user names.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u*
|
|
get_users(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
init_users();
|
|
if (idx < ga_users.ga_len)
|
|
return ((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[idx];
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check whether name matches a user name. Return:
|
|
* 0 if name does not match any user name.
|
|
* 1 if name partially matches the beginning of a user name.
|
|
* 2 is name fully matches a user name.
|
|
*/
|
|
int match_user(char_u* name)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int n = (int)STRLEN(name);
|
|
int result = 0;
|
|
|
|
init_users();
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ga_users.ga_len; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name) == 0)
|
|
return 2; /* full match */
|
|
if (STRNCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name, n) == 0)
|
|
result = 1; /* partial match */
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
* 'src'.
|
|
* If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
home_replace(
|
|
buf_T *buf, /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
char_u *src, /* input file name */
|
|
char_u *dst, /* where to put the result */
|
|
int dstlen, /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
int one) /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
{
|
|
size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
char_u *homedir_env, *homedir_env_orig;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (src == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*dst = NUL;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
* "real" home directory.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
#else
|
|
homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Empty is the same as not set. */
|
|
if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
if (homedir_env != NULL && vim_strchr(homedir_env, '~') != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
int usedlen = 0;
|
|
int flen;
|
|
char_u *fbuf = NULL;
|
|
|
|
flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
(void)modify_fname((char_u *)":p", &usedlen,
|
|
&homedir_env, &fbuf, &flen);
|
|
flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
if (flen > 0 && vim_ispathsep(homedir_env[flen - 1]))
|
|
/* Remove the trailing / that is added to a directory. */
|
|
homedir_env[flen - 1] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
|
if (!one)
|
|
src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
* First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
* $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
* after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
* and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
* as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
* er's home directory)).
|
|
*/
|
|
p = homedir;
|
|
len = dirlen;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( len
|
|
&& fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
&& (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|| (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|| src[len] == NUL))
|
|
{
|
|
src += len;
|
|
if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
*dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
*dst++ = '/';
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
break;
|
|
p = homedir_env;
|
|
len = envlen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
*dst++ = *src++;
|
|
/* skip separator */
|
|
while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
*dst++ = *src++;
|
|
}
|
|
/* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
|
*dst = NUL;
|
|
|
|
if (homedir_env != homedir_env_orig)
|
|
vim_free(homedir_env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
* When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
home_replace_save(
|
|
buf_T *buf, /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
char_u *src) /* input file name */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *dst;
|
|
unsigned len;
|
|
|
|
len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
dst = alloc(len);
|
|
if (dst != NULL)
|
|
home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
return dst;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compare two file names and return:
|
|
* FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
* FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
* FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
* FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
* FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
* For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
fullpathcmp(
|
|
char_u *s1,
|
|
char_u *s2,
|
|
int checkname) /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
stat_T st1, st2;
|
|
int r1, r2;
|
|
|
|
expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
if (checkname)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
}
|
|
return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
}
|
|
if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
return FPC_SAME;
|
|
return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
#else
|
|
char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
int r1, r2;
|
|
|
|
/* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
|
expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
{
|
|
if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
else
|
|
retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
else
|
|
retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
vim_free(exp1);
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
* When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
|
|
* Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
gettail(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
|
if (fname == NULL)
|
|
return (char_u *)"";
|
|
for (p1 = p2 = get_past_head(fname); *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_ispathsep_nocolon(*p2))
|
|
p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(p2);
|
|
}
|
|
return p1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
static char_u *gettail_dir(char_u *fname);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
|
|
* separator:
|
|
* "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
|
|
* ^ ^ ^ ^
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
gettail_dir(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *dir_end = fname;
|
|
char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
|
|
int look_for_sep = TRUE;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
if (look_for_sep)
|
|
{
|
|
next_dir_end = p;
|
|
look_for_sep = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!look_for_sep)
|
|
dir_end = next_dir_end;
|
|
look_for_sep = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
}
|
|
return dir_end;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
|
|
* here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
|
|
* Always returns a valid pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
gettail_sep(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *t;
|
|
|
|
p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
|
|
t = gettail(fname);
|
|
while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
|
|
--t;
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
/* path separator is part of the path */
|
|
++t;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return t;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
getnextcomp(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(fname);
|
|
if (*fname)
|
|
++fname;
|
|
return fname;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
* Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
* If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
get_past_head(char_u *path)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *retval;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
/* may skip "c:" */
|
|
if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
retval = path + 2;
|
|
else
|
|
retval = path;
|
|
#else
|
|
# if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
/* may skip "label:" */
|
|
retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
if (retval == NULL)
|
|
retval = path;
|
|
# else /* Unix */
|
|
retval = path;
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
++retval;
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
* Note that for MS-Windows this includes the colon.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
vim_ispathsep(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
#else
|
|
# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
# else
|
|
# ifdef VMS
|
|
/* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|| c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
# else
|
|
return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
# endif /* VMS */
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like vim_ispathsep(c), but exclude the colon for MS-Windows.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
vim_ispathsep_nocolon(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
return vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
&& c != ':'
|
|
#endif
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
vim_ispathlistsep(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
return (c == ':');
|
|
#else
|
|
return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
|
|
|| defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
|
|
* It's done in-place.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
shorten_dir(char_u *str)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *tail, *s, *d;
|
|
int skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
tail = gettail(str);
|
|
d = str;
|
|
for (s = str; ; ++s)
|
|
{
|
|
if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
|
|
{
|
|
*d++ = *s;
|
|
if (*s == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
|
|
{
|
|
*d++ = *s;
|
|
skip = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!skip)
|
|
{
|
|
*d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
|
|
if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
|
|
skip = TRUE;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
|
|
|
|
while (--l > 0)
|
|
*d++ = *++s;
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
|
|
* Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
|
|
* "fname" must be writable!.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
dir_of_file_exists(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int retval;
|
|
|
|
p = gettail_sep(fname);
|
|
if (p == fname)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
retval = mch_isdir(fname);
|
|
*p = c;
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally
|
|
* and deal with 'fileignorecase'.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
vim_fnamecmp(char_u *x, char_u *y)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
#else
|
|
if (p_fic)
|
|
return MB_STRICMP(x, y);
|
|
return STRCMP(x, y);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
vim_fnamencmp(char_u *x, char_u *y, size_t len)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
char_u *px = x;
|
|
char_u *py = y;
|
|
int cx = NUL;
|
|
int cy = NUL;
|
|
|
|
while (len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
cx = PTR2CHAR(px);
|
|
cy = PTR2CHAR(py);
|
|
if (cx == NUL || cy == NUL
|
|
|| ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(cx) != MB_TOLOWER(cy) : cx != cy)
|
|
&& !(cx == '/' && cy == '\\')
|
|
&& !(cx == '\\' && cy == '/')))
|
|
break;
|
|
len -= MB_PTR2LEN(px);
|
|
px += MB_PTR2LEN(px);
|
|
py += MB_PTR2LEN(py);
|
|
}
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return (cx - cy);
|
|
#else
|
|
if (p_fic)
|
|
return MB_STRNICMP(x, y, len);
|
|
return STRNCMP(x, y, len);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
* Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
concat_fnames(char_u *fname1, char_u *fname2, int sep)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *dest;
|
|
|
|
dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
if (dest != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
if (sep)
|
|
add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
}
|
|
return dest;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
|
|
* Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
concat_str(char_u *str1, char_u *str2)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *dest;
|
|
size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
|
|
|
|
dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
|
|
if (dest != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(dest, str1);
|
|
STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
|
|
}
|
|
return dest;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
* separator.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
add_pathsep(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
|
|
STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
* Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
FullName_save(
|
|
char_u *fname,
|
|
int force) /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
* like a full path name */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (fname == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
if (buf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
else
|
|
new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
return new_fname;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
|
static char_u *skip_string(char_u *p);
|
|
static pos_T *ind_find_start_comment(void);
|
|
static pos_T *ind_find_start_CORS(void);
|
|
static pos_T *find_start_rawstring(int ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
* Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
* Return NULL when not inside a comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
ind_find_start_comment(void) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
return find_start_comment(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pos_T *
|
|
find_start_comment(int ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *pos;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
|
|
if (pos == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
* If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
|
|
*/
|
|
line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
p = skip_string(p);
|
|
if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
|
|
break;
|
|
cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
|
|
if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pos = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return pos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the start of a comment or raw string, not knowing if we are in a
|
|
* comment or raw string right now.
|
|
* Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
* Return NULL when not inside a comment or raw string.
|
|
* "CORS" -> Comment Or Raw String
|
|
*/
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
ind_find_start_CORS(void) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
static pos_T comment_pos_copy;
|
|
pos_T *comment_pos;
|
|
pos_T *rs_pos;
|
|
|
|
comment_pos = find_start_comment(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment);
|
|
if (comment_pos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to make a copy of the static pos in findmatchlimit(),
|
|
* calling find_start_rawstring() may change it. */
|
|
comment_pos_copy = *comment_pos;
|
|
comment_pos = &comment_pos_copy;
|
|
}
|
|
rs_pos = find_start_rawstring(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
|
/* If comment_pos is before rs_pos the raw string is inside the comment.
|
|
* If rs_pos is before comment_pos the comment is inside the raw string. */
|
|
if (comment_pos == NULL || (rs_pos != NULL && lt(*rs_pos, *comment_pos)))
|
|
return rs_pos;
|
|
return comment_pos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the start of a raw string, not knowing if we are in one right now.
|
|
* Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
* Return NULL when not inside a raw string.
|
|
*/
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
find_start_rawstring(int ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *pos;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 'R', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
|
|
if (pos == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the raw string start we found is inside a string.
|
|
* If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
|
|
*/
|
|
line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
p = skip_string(p);
|
|
if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
|
|
break;
|
|
cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
|
|
if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pos = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return pos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
* If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
skip_string(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
*/
|
|
for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
{
|
|
if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
break;
|
|
i = 2;
|
|
if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
{
|
|
++i;
|
|
while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
++i;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
{
|
|
p += i;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
{
|
|
for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
++p;
|
|
else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
continue; /* continue for another string */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (p[0] == 'R' && p[1] == '"')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Raw string: R"[delim](...)[delim]" */
|
|
char_u *delim = p + 2;
|
|
char_u *paren = vim_strchr(delim, '(');
|
|
|
|
if (paren != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
size_t delim_len = paren - delim;
|
|
|
|
for (p += 3; *p; ++p)
|
|
if (p[0] == ')' && STRNCMP(p + 1, delim, delim_len) == 0
|
|
&& p[delim_len + 1] == '"')
|
|
{
|
|
p += delim_len + 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
continue; /* continue for another string */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break; /* no string found */
|
|
}
|
|
if (!*p)
|
|
--p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
do_c_expr_indent(void)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find result cache for cpp_baseclass */
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
int found;
|
|
lpos_T lpos;
|
|
} cpp_baseclass_cache_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
* Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*
|
|
* Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static char_u *cin_skipcomment(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_nocode(char_u *);
|
|
static pos_T *find_line_comment(void);
|
|
static int cin_has_js_key(char_u *text);
|
|
static int cin_islabel_skip(char_u **);
|
|
static int cin_isdefault(char_u *);
|
|
static char_u *after_label(char_u *l);
|
|
static int get_indent_nolabel(linenr_T lnum);
|
|
static int skip_label(linenr_T, char_u **pp);
|
|
static int cin_first_id_amount(void);
|
|
static int cin_get_equal_amount(linenr_T lnum);
|
|
static int cin_ispreproc(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_ispreproc_cont(char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump);
|
|
static int cin_iscomment(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_islinecomment(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_isterminated(char_u *, int, int);
|
|
static int cin_isinit(void);
|
|
static int cin_isfuncdecl(char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T);
|
|
static int cin_isif(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_iselse(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_isdo(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_iswhileofdo(char_u *, linenr_T);
|
|
static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(char_u *line, int *poffset);
|
|
static int cin_iswhileofdo_end(int terminated);
|
|
static int cin_isbreak(char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass(cpp_baseclass_cache_T *cached);
|
|
static int get_baseclass_amount(int col);
|
|
static int cin_ends_in(char_u *, char_u *, char_u *);
|
|
static int cin_starts_with(char_u *s, char *word);
|
|
static int cin_skip2pos(pos_T *trypos);
|
|
static pos_T *find_start_brace(void);
|
|
static pos_T *find_match_paren(int);
|
|
static pos_T *find_match_char(int c, int ind_maxparen);
|
|
static int corr_ind_maxparen(pos_T *startpos);
|
|
static int find_last_paren(char_u *l, int start, int end);
|
|
static int find_match(int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope);
|
|
static int cin_is_cpp_namespace(char_u *);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
* Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
cin_skipcomment(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
while (*s)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *prev_s = s;
|
|
|
|
s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
|
/* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
|
|
* before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
|
|
{
|
|
s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s != '/')
|
|
break;
|
|
++s;
|
|
if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
{
|
|
s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s != '*')
|
|
break;
|
|
for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
{
|
|
s += 2;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
* not considered code.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_nocode(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
find_line_comment(void) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
static pos_T pos;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
{
|
|
pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
return &pos;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p != NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "text" starts with "key:".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_has_js_key(char_u *text)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s = skipwhite(text);
|
|
int quote = -1;
|
|
|
|
if (*s == '\'' || *s == '"')
|
|
{
|
|
/* can be 'key': or "key": */
|
|
quote = *s;
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!vim_isIDc(*s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
while (vim_isIDc(*s))
|
|
++s;
|
|
if (*s == quote)
|
|
++s;
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
|
/* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
return (*s == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
* "*s" must point to the start of the label, if there is one.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_islabel_skip(char_u **s)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
(*s)++;
|
|
|
|
*s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
|
/* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
* Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
cin_islabel(void) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
* like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
* label.
|
|
*/
|
|
pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
|
|
cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to the start of
|
|
* it.
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|| cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|| cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
|
|
|| (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize structure initialization and enumerations:
|
|
* "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] enum"
|
|
* "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] = {"
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isinit(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
static char *skip[] = {"static", "public", "protected", "private"};
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
|
if (cin_starts_with(s, "typedef"))
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
int i, l;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(skip) / sizeof(char *)); ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
l = (int)strlen(skip[i]);
|
|
if (cin_starts_with(s, skip[i]))
|
|
{
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + l);
|
|
l = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (l != 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cin_starts_with(s, "enum"))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
cin_iscase(
|
|
char_u *s,
|
|
int strict) /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
|
|
{
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
if (cin_starts_with(s, "case"))
|
|
{
|
|
for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
{
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
if (*s == ':')
|
|
{
|
|
if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
++s;
|
|
else
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
|
|
else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
else if (*s == '"')
|
|
{
|
|
/* JS etc. */
|
|
if (strict)
|
|
return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
else
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isdefault(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
&& *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
&& s[1] != ':');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
cin_isscopedecl(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
i = 6;
|
|
else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
i = 9;
|
|
else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
i = 7;
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */
|
|
#define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_is_cpp_namespace(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int has_name = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9])))
|
|
{
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9));
|
|
while (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*p == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (vim_iswordc(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
if (has_name)
|
|
return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
* Return NULL if not found.
|
|
* case 234: a = b;
|
|
* ^
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
after_label(char_u *l)
|
|
{
|
|
for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*l == ':')
|
|
{
|
|
if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
++l;
|
|
else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
}
|
|
if (*l == NUL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
if (*l == NUL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return l;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
* Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
get_indent_nolabel (linenr_T lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *l;
|
|
pos_T fp;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
p = after_label(l);
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
return (int)col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
* Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
|
|
* label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
* ^
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
skip_label(linenr_T lnum, char_u **pp)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *l;
|
|
int amount;
|
|
pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
|
cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
/* XXX */
|
|
if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel())
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent();
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
}
|
|
*pp = l;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
return amount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
* int a, indent of "a"
|
|
* static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
* enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
* Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_first_id_amount(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
int len;
|
|
pos_T fp;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
}
|
|
if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|| (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|| (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|| (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|| (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
p = s;
|
|
}
|
|
for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
;
|
|
if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
return (int)col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
* char *foo = "here";
|
|
* Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
* Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
* foo = "asdf\
|
|
* asdf\
|
|
* here";
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_get_equal_amount(linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
pos_T fp;
|
|
|
|
if (lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
else
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s != '=')
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
++s;
|
|
|
|
fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
return (int)col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_ispreproc(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*skipwhite(s) == '#')
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
* continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
* start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_ispreproc_cont(char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
{
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
*lnump = lnum;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lnum == 1)
|
|
break;
|
|
line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
*pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_iscomment(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_islinecomment(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or
|
|
* '}'.
|
|
* Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
* If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched
|
|
* opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly).
|
|
* Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
* both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isterminated(
|
|
char_u *s,
|
|
int incl_open, /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
int incl_comma) /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
unsigned n_open = 0;
|
|
int is_else = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
|
if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
found_start = *s;
|
|
|
|
if (!found_start)
|
|
is_else = cin_iselse(s);
|
|
|
|
while (*s)
|
|
{
|
|
/* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0)
|
|
--n_open;
|
|
if ((!is_else || n_open == 0)
|
|
&& (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
&& cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
return *s;
|
|
else if (*s == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
return *s;
|
|
else
|
|
++n_open;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*s)
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
return found_start;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
* have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
* no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
* When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
* "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
* be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
* "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
* "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isfuncdecl(
|
|
char_u **sp,
|
|
linenr_T first_lnum,
|
|
linenr_T min_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
int just_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (sp == NULL)
|
|
s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
else
|
|
s = *sp;
|
|
|
|
if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')')
|
|
&& (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
if (lnum < min_lnum)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore line starting with #. */
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc(s))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
{
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
else if (*s == ':')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*(s + 1) == ':')
|
|
s += 2;
|
|
else
|
|
/* To avoid a mistake in the following situation:
|
|
* A::A(int a, int b)
|
|
* : a(0) // <--not a function decl
|
|
* , b(0)
|
|
* {...
|
|
*/
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s != '(')
|
|
return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
|
while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
{
|
|
/* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
* Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
* #if defined(x) && \
|
|
* defined(y)
|
|
*/
|
|
lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
goto done;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s))
|
|
{
|
|
int comma = (*s == ',');
|
|
|
|
/* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line.
|
|
* At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style:
|
|
* func(arg1
|
|
* , arg2) */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
break;
|
|
s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
if (!cin_ispreproc(s))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
break;
|
|
/* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the
|
|
* start of next line. */
|
|
s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')'))
|
|
break;
|
|
just_started = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
++s;
|
|
just_started = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
done:
|
|
if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
*sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isif(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_iselse(
|
|
char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isdo(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
* We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
* ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_iswhileofdo (char_u *p, linenr_T lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
if (cin_starts_with(p, "while"))
|
|
{
|
|
cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
{
|
|
++p;
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0,
|
|
curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
&& *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset".
|
|
* Return 0 if there is none.
|
|
* Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the
|
|
* string was found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(char_u *line, int *poffset)
|
|
{
|
|
int offset = *poffset;
|
|
|
|
if (offset-- < 2)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset]))
|
|
--offset;
|
|
|
|
offset -= 1;
|
|
if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2))
|
|
goto probablyFound;
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= 1)
|
|
{
|
|
offset -= 1;
|
|
if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3))
|
|
goto probablyFound;
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= 2)
|
|
{
|
|
offset -= 2;
|
|
if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5))
|
|
goto probablyFound;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
probablyFound:
|
|
if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1]))
|
|
{
|
|
*poffset = offset;
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
|
|
* do
|
|
* nothing;
|
|
* while (foo
|
|
* && bar); <-- here
|
|
* Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_iswhileofdo_end(int terminated)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
p = line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
while (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
if (*p == ')')
|
|
{
|
|
s = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
|
|
* before the matching '('. XXX */
|
|
i = (int)(p - line);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen);
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
|
|
if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
if (cin_starts_with(s, "while"))
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
p = line + i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p != NUL)
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_isbreak(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
* constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
*
|
|
* class MyClass :
|
|
* baseClass <-- here
|
|
* class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
* anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
* MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
* baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_is_cpp_baseclass(
|
|
cpp_baseclass_cache_T *cached) /* input and output */
|
|
{
|
|
lpos_T *pos = &cached->lpos; /* find position */
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
if (pos->lnum <= lnum)
|
|
return cached->found; /* Use the cached result */
|
|
|
|
pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
|
s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
if (*s == NUL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
|
|
* '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
|
|
* a = cond ?
|
|
* func() :
|
|
* asdf;
|
|
* func::foo()
|
|
* : something
|
|
* {}
|
|
* Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
|
|
* : something(4),
|
|
* somethingelse(3)
|
|
* {}
|
|
*/
|
|
while (lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
while (*s != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
|
|
|| (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (*s != NUL)
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s != NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
--lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pos->lnum = lnum;
|
|
line = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
s = line;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*s == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
break;
|
|
/* Continue in the cursor line. */
|
|
line = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
s = line;
|
|
}
|
|
if (s == line)
|
|
{
|
|
/* don't recognize "case (foo):" as a baseclass */
|
|
if (cin_iscase(s, FALSE))
|
|
break;
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(line);
|
|
if (*s == NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s[0] == '"' || (s[0] == 'R' && s[1] == '"'))
|
|
s = skip_string(s) + 1;
|
|
else if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
{
|
|
if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
{
|
|
/* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
* initialization any more */
|
|
lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
{
|
|
/* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
* cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
|
|
cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
pos->col = 0;
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|| (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
{
|
|
class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (*s == 'c')
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
else
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
{
|
|
cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
* something like "):" */
|
|
class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (s[0] == '?')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
{
|
|
/* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (pos->col == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
if (cpp_base_class)
|
|
pos->col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
|
|
if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
|
s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cached->found = cpp_base_class;
|
|
if (cpp_base_class)
|
|
pos->lnum = lnum;
|
|
return cpp_base_class;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
get_baseclass_amount(int col)
|
|
{
|
|
int amount;
|
|
colnr_T vcol;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
|
if (col == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent();
|
|
if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
|
|
&& (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
amount = (int)vcol;
|
|
}
|
|
if (amount < curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
amount = curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
return amount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
* white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
* Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_ends_in(char_u *s, char_u *find, char_u *ignore)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = s;
|
|
char_u *r;
|
|
int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
|
while (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p != NUL)
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE when "s" starts with "word" and then a non-ID character.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_starts_with(char_u *s, char *word)
|
|
{
|
|
int l = (int)STRLEN(word);
|
|
|
|
return (STRNCMP(s, word, l) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[l]));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
* Return the column found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cin_skip2pos(pos_T *trypos)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
p = skip_string(p);
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return (int)(p - line);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
* Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
* Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
* work. */
|
|
/* foo() */
|
|
/* { */
|
|
/* } */
|
|
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
find_start_brace(void) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
pos_T *pos;
|
|
static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
|
cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
pos = NULL;
|
|
/* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
|
|
if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
&& (pos = ind_find_start_CORS()) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
break;
|
|
if (pos != NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
return trypos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the matching '(', ignoring it if it is in a comment.
|
|
* Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
find_match_paren(int ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
return find_match_char('(', ind_maxparen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
find_match_char (int c, int ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
int ind_maxp_wk;
|
|
|
|
cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
ind_maxp_wk = ind_maxparen;
|
|
retry:
|
|
if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, c, 0, ind_maxp_wk)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
{
|
|
ind_maxp_wk = ind_maxparen - (int)(cursor_save.lnum - trypos->lnum);
|
|
if (ind_maxp_wk > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* XXX */
|
|
goto retry;
|
|
}
|
|
trypos = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *trypos_wk;
|
|
|
|
pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
if ((trypos_wk = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
ind_maxp_wk = ind_maxparen - (int)(cursor_save.lnum
|
|
- trypos_wk->lnum);
|
|
if (ind_maxp_wk > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos_wk;
|
|
goto retry;
|
|
}
|
|
trypos = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
return trypos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the matching '(', ignoring it if it is in a comment or before an
|
|
* unmatched {.
|
|
* Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static pos_T *
|
|
find_match_paren_after_brace (int ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen);
|
|
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *tryposBrace = find_start_brace();
|
|
|
|
/* If both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Ignore the '('
|
|
* position if the '{' is further down. */
|
|
if (tryposBrace != NULL
|
|
&& (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
: trypos->col < tryposBrace->col))
|
|
trypos = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
return trypos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
* cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
* matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
* looking a few lines further.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
corr_ind_maxparen(pos_T *startpos)
|
|
{
|
|
long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0 && n < curbuf->b_ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
return curbuf->b_ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
return curbuf->b_ind_maxparen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
* line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
find_last_paren(char_u *l, int start, int end)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
if (l[i] == start)
|
|
++open_count;
|
|
else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
{
|
|
if (open_count > 0)
|
|
--open_count;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Parse 'cinoptions' and set the values in "curbuf".
|
|
* Must be called when 'cinoptions', 'shiftwidth' and/or 'tabstop' changes.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
parse_cino(buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *l;
|
|
char_u *digits;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int divider;
|
|
int fraction = 0;
|
|
int sw = (int)get_sw_value(buf);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the default values.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* Spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
* block should be. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_level = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
* line is imagined to be. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
|
|
* an opening brace. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Column where the first { of a function should be located }. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
* located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
* edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
* brace should be located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
* column is imagined to be. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
|
|
* otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_jump_label = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_case = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_case_code = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
* should be located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_scopedecl = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_scopedecl_code = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Amount K&R-style parameters should be indented. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_param = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Amount a function type spec should be indented. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_func_type = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
* should be indented. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
* should be located. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_continuation = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_unclosed = sw * 2;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
* itself is also unclosed. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_unclosed2 = sw;
|
|
|
|
/* Suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
* unclosed parentheses. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
* b_ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
* context (for very long lines). */
|
|
buf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
* an unclosed parentheses. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
* opening parentheses. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_paren_prev = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Extra indent for comments. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
|
/* Boolean: if non-zero, use b_ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
* after the comment opener. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Max lines to search for an open paren. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
|
/* Max lines to search for an open comment. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle braces for java code. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Not to confuse JS object properties with labels. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_js = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle blocked cases correctly. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle C++ namespace. */
|
|
buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and
|
|
* while(). */
|
|
buf->b_ind_if_for_while = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (p = buf->b_p_cino; *p; )
|
|
{
|
|
l = p++;
|
|
if (*p == '-')
|
|
++p;
|
|
digits = p; /* remember where the digits start */
|
|
n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
divider = 0;
|
|
if (*p == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
{
|
|
fraction = atol((char *)++p);
|
|
while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
++p;
|
|
if (divider)
|
|
divider *= 10;
|
|
else
|
|
divider = 10;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
{
|
|
if (p == digits)
|
|
n = sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
n *= sw;
|
|
if (divider)
|
|
n += (sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
}
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
n = -n;
|
|
|
|
/* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
* doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
switch (*l)
|
|
{
|
|
case '>': buf->b_ind_level = n; break;
|
|
case 'e': buf->b_ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
case 'n': buf->b_ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
case 'f': buf->b_ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
case '{': buf->b_ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
case '}': buf->b_ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
case '^': buf->b_ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
case 'L': buf->b_ind_jump_label = n; break;
|
|
case ':': buf->b_ind_case = n; break;
|
|
case '=': buf->b_ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
case 'b': buf->b_ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
case 'p': buf->b_ind_param = n; break;
|
|
case 't': buf->b_ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
case '/': buf->b_ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
case 'c': buf->b_ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
case 'C': buf->b_ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
case 'i': buf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
case '+': buf->b_ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
case '(': buf->b_ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
case 'u': buf->b_ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
case 'U': buf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
case 'W': buf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
case 'w': buf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
case 'm': buf->b_ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
case 'M': buf->b_ind_paren_prev = n; break;
|
|
case ')': buf->b_ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
case '*': buf->b_ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
case 'g': buf->b_ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
case 'h': buf->b_ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
case 'j': buf->b_ind_java = n; break;
|
|
case 'J': buf->b_ind_js = n; break;
|
|
case 'l': buf->b_ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
case '#': buf->b_ind_hash_comment = n; break;
|
|
case 'N': buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = n; break;
|
|
case 'k': buf->b_ind_if_for_while = n; break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p == ',')
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the desired indent for C code.
|
|
* Return -1 if the indent should be left alone (inside a raw string).
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_c_indent(void)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
int amount;
|
|
int scope_amount;
|
|
int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
char_u *theline;
|
|
char_u *linecopy;
|
|
pos_T *trypos;
|
|
pos_T *comment_pos;
|
|
pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
pos_T tryposCopy;
|
|
pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
char_u *start;
|
|
int start_brace;
|
|
#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
char_u *l;
|
|
char_u *look;
|
|
char_u terminated;
|
|
int lookfor;
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_JS_KEY 11
|
|
#define LOOKFOR_COMMA 12
|
|
|
|
int whilelevel;
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int iscase;
|
|
int lookfor_break;
|
|
int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE;
|
|
int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
int original_line_islabel;
|
|
int added_to_amount = 0;
|
|
int js_cur_has_key = 0;
|
|
cpp_baseclass_cache_T cache_cpp_baseclass = { FALSE, { MAXLNUM, 0 } };
|
|
|
|
/* make a copy, value is changed below */
|
|
int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_ind_continuation;
|
|
|
|
/* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
/* if we are at line 1 zero indent is fine, right? */
|
|
if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
* This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
* ml_get is valid! */
|
|
linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
* cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
* inserting new stuff.
|
|
* For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
* check for that.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
&& linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
|
/* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are inside a raw string don't change the indent.
|
|
* Ignore a raw string inside a comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
comment_pos = ind_find_start_comment();
|
|
if (comment_pos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* findmatchlimit() static pos is overwritten, make a copy */
|
|
tryposCopy = *comment_pos;
|
|
comment_pos = &tryposCopy;
|
|
}
|
|
trypos = find_start_rawstring(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment);
|
|
if (trypos != NULL && (comment_pos == NULL || lt(*trypos, *comment_pos)))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = -1;
|
|
goto laterend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment;
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
|
|
* - JS flag is set.
|
|
* - 'L' item has a positive value.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (original_line_islabel && !curbuf->b_ind_js
|
|
&& curbuf->b_ind_jump_label < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = 0;
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
* previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
&& (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
/* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
amount = col;
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
* comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!cin_iscomment(theline) && comment_pos != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int start_align = 0;
|
|
int start_off = 0;
|
|
int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
getvcol(curwin, comment_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
amount = col;
|
|
*lead_start = NUL;
|
|
*lead_middle = NUL;
|
|
|
|
p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
while (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
int align = 0;
|
|
int off = 0;
|
|
int what = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
what = *p++;
|
|
else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
align = *p++;
|
|
else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
else
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*p == ':')
|
|
++p;
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
if (what == COM_START)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
start_off = off;
|
|
start_align = align;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
* up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
&& STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
done = TRUE;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
* line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
|
|
* the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
* line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
* start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(comment_pos->lnum) + comment_pos->col,
|
|
lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (start_off != 0)
|
|
amount += start_off;
|
|
else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
- vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
* with the middle comment */
|
|
if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
&& STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
/* XXX */
|
|
if (off != 0)
|
|
amount += off;
|
|
else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
- vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
done = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
* asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
* with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (done)
|
|
;
|
|
else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
amount += 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
* the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
* and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
* white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
* otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
*/
|
|
amount = -1;
|
|
for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > comment_pos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
continue;
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
{
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_ind_in_comment2)
|
|
{
|
|
start = ml_get(comment_pos->lnum);
|
|
look = start + comment_pos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
comment_pos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
}
|
|
getvcol(curwin, comment_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
amount = col;
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_in_comment;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Are we looking at a ']' that has a match?
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*skipwhite(theline) == ']'
|
|
&& (trypos = find_match_char('[', curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* align with the line containing the '['. */
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum);
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
if (((trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
&& curbuf->b_ind_java == 0)
|
|
|| (tryposBrace = find_start_brace()) != NULL
|
|
|| trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
* closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
: trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
trypos = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
* a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (theline[0] == ')' && curbuf->b_ind_paren_prev)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
amount = -1;
|
|
our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
|
|
continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip a comment or raw string. XXX */
|
|
if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX */
|
|
if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
corr_ind_maxparen(&cur_curpos))) != NULL
|
|
&& trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
&& trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
{
|
|
if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
|
|
&& cur_amount > amount)
|
|
cur_amount = amount;
|
|
amount = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
* If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
* parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (amount == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
int ignore_paren_col = 0;
|
|
int is_if_for_while = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_if_for_while)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line
|
|
* and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */
|
|
|
|
pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
pos_T outermost;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
|
|
trypos = &our_paren_pos;
|
|
do {
|
|
outermost = *trypos;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col;
|
|
|
|
trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen);
|
|
} while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum);
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
|
line = ml_get(outermost.lnum);
|
|
|
|
is_if_for_while =
|
|
cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look);
|
|
look = skipwhite(look);
|
|
if (*look == '(')
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int look_col;
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
|
|
* our matching '('. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
look_col = (int)(look - line);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
|
|
if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0,
|
|
curbuf->b_ind_maxparen))
|
|
!= NULL
|
|
&& trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
&& trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
|
|
look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
|
|
}
|
|
if (theline[0] == ')' || (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
&& is_if_for_while == 0)
|
|
|| (!curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
|
|
&& ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
* otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
* When b_ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
* the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
* indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
* outer paren and add b_ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
* lines).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
{
|
|
cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
&& cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
/* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
* for each additional level */
|
|
n = 1;
|
|
for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (l[col])
|
|
{
|
|
case '(':
|
|
case '{': ++n;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ')':
|
|
case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
--n;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
amount += n * curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
col++;
|
|
if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
else
|
|
our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
* if we did the above "if".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
cur_amount = col;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (theline[0] == ')' && curbuf->b_ind_matching_paren)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((curbuf->b_ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0)
|
|
|| (!curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
&& *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add b_ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one,
|
|
* but ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
|
|
col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
|
|
{
|
|
--our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
{
|
|
case '(': amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2;
|
|
col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
break;
|
|
case ')': amount -= curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2;
|
|
col = MAXCOL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Use b_ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
* braces */
|
|
if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
if (find_match_paren_after_brace(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)
|
|
!= NULL)
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (is_if_for_while)
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_if_for_while;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
* positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
* lines:
|
|
* func_long_name( if (x
|
|
* arg && yy
|
|
* ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are inside braces, there is a { before this line at the position
|
|
* stored in tryposBrace.
|
|
* Make a copy of tryposBrace, it may point to pos_copy inside
|
|
* find_start_brace(), which may be changed somewhere.
|
|
*/
|
|
tryposCopy = *tryposBrace;
|
|
tryposBrace = &tryposCopy;
|
|
trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
* If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
* otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
* a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
*/
|
|
look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
if (*look == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
amount = col;
|
|
if (*start == '{')
|
|
start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
else
|
|
start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* That opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
* line. if so, find the start of the line. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
|
/* Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
* matching it will take us back to the start of the line. */
|
|
lnum = ourscope;
|
|
if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
&& (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen))
|
|
!= NULL)
|
|
lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
|
/* It could have been something like
|
|
* case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
* ldfd) {
|
|
* }
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((curbuf->b_ind_js || curbuf->b_ind_keep_case_label)
|
|
&& cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))
|
|
amount = get_indent();
|
|
else if (curbuf->b_ind_js)
|
|
amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
|
|
else
|
|
amount = skip_label(lnum, &l);
|
|
|
|
start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* For Javascript check if the line starts with "key:". */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_js)
|
|
js_cur_has_key = cin_has_js_key(theline);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
* we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
* that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
* other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
*/
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_close_extra;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
* to match it with.
|
|
* If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
* to match it with.
|
|
*/
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
* failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
* Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
* First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
* location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
* location for b_ind_open_extra.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
{
|
|
amount = curbuf->b_ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START &&
|
|
lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
{
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
|
l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l))
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_namespace;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Compensate for adding b_ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
amount -= curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
if (amount < 0)
|
|
amount = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
{
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_case;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
{
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_scopedecl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline))
|
|
/* break; ... */
|
|
lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
/* b_ind_level from start of block */
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_level;
|
|
}
|
|
scope_amount = amount;
|
|
whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
* with that.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
* the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
* that opens the block.
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
* up with it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
{
|
|
/* we reached end of scope:
|
|
* if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
* go further back:
|
|
* if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
* don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
* declaration:
|
|
* int x,
|
|
* here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
< ourscope - curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)
|
|
{
|
|
/* nothing found (abuse curbuf->b_ind_maxparen as
|
|
* limit) assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
* initialization) */
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else if (!curbuf->b_ind_js)
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to
|
|
* the start of it.
|
|
*/
|
|
trypos = ind_find_start_CORS();
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
* function declaration, we are done
|
|
* (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|| !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0))
|
|
{
|
|
/* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
* it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
* don't add extra indent.
|
|
* TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
* declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
* cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (terminated == ',')
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
* we are done.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* nothing useful found */
|
|
if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (terminated != ';')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
* over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
* will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
trypos = NULL;
|
|
if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
curbuf->b_ind_maxparen);
|
|
|
|
if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
trypos = find_start_brace();
|
|
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
* like in
|
|
* int a,
|
|
* b;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
&& lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS
|
|
&& lookfor != LOOKFOR_COMMA)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = scope_amount;
|
|
if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
added_to_amount = curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lookfor_cpp_namespace)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further
|
|
* back.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
< ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
/* If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip
|
|
* to the start of it. */
|
|
trypos = ind_find_start_CORS();
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */
|
|
if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l))
|
|
{
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_namespace
|
|
- added_to_amount;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to the start
|
|
* of it.
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
* If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
*/
|
|
iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
|
|
if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
{
|
|
/* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
* declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
* labels. */
|
|
if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* case xx:
|
|
* c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
*-> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|| lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
* x = 333;
|
|
* case yy:
|
|
*/
|
|
if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|| (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|| (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
* switch()
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL
|
|
|| trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
* y = y + 1;
|
|
* -> s = 99;
|
|
*
|
|
* case xx:
|
|
* if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
* y = y + 1;
|
|
* -> s = 99;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
{
|
|
if (n)
|
|
amount = n;
|
|
|
|
if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
* -> y = y + 1;
|
|
*
|
|
* case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
* -> y = y + 1;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (n)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = n;
|
|
l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
{
|
|
if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_level
|
|
+ curbuf->b_ind_no_brace;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
* label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
* switch label.
|
|
* break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
* case xx:
|
|
* -> y = 1;
|
|
*/
|
|
scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
? curbuf->b_ind_case_code
|
|
: curbuf->b_ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
lookfor = curbuf->b_ind_case_break
|
|
? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
* ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')
|
|
&& (trypos = find_start_brace()) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_ind_js && cin_islabel())
|
|
{
|
|
l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
* Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
* (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
* unlocked it)
|
|
*/
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|| cin_nocode(l))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
* constructor initialization?
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
n = FALSE;
|
|
if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&cache_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
}
|
|
if (n)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to find start of the declaration. */
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
ind_continuation = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
/* XXX */
|
|
amount = get_baseclass_amount(
|
|
cache_cpp_baseclass.lpos.col);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
{
|
|
/* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
* declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
* If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
* there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
* 123,
|
|
* sizeof
|
|
* here
|
|
* Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
* initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
* (indented).
|
|
*/
|
|
terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (js_cur_has_key)
|
|
{
|
|
js_cur_has_key = 0; /* only check the first line */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_js && terminated == ',')
|
|
{
|
|
/* For Javascript we might be inside an object:
|
|
* key: something, <- align with this
|
|
* key: something
|
|
* or:
|
|
* key: something + <- align with this
|
|
* something,
|
|
* key: something
|
|
*/
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_JS_KEY;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_JS_KEY && cin_has_js_key(l))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_COMMA)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tryposBrace != NULL && tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
>= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (terminated == ',')
|
|
/* line below current line is the one that starts a
|
|
* (possibly broken) line ending in a comma. */
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent();
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 == ourscope)
|
|
/* line above is start of the scope, thus current
|
|
* line is the one that stars a (possibly broken)
|
|
* line ending in a comma. */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
&& terminated == ','))
|
|
{
|
|
if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT &&
|
|
(*skipwhite(l) == '[' || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '['))
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
/*
|
|
* if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
* go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
* we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
* if ( foo &&
|
|
* bar )
|
|
*/
|
|
/*
|
|
* Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
* matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
* Ignore a match before the start of the block.
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
trypos = find_match_paren(corr_ind_maxparen(&cur_curpos));
|
|
if (trypos != NULL && (trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|| (trypos->lnum == tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
&& trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)))
|
|
trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
* braces.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
|
|
&& find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
trypos = find_start_brace();
|
|
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
* handled above.
|
|
* case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
* asdf)
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
{
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
* indent from
|
|
* char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
* bla",
|
|
* here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (terminated == ',')
|
|
{
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
break;
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
* ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_js)
|
|
cur_amount = get_indent();
|
|
else
|
|
cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, &l);
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
* starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
* while (not)
|
|
* -> {
|
|
* }
|
|
*/
|
|
if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
&& theline[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only add b_ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
* doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
* in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
* { 1, 2 },
|
|
* -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass && !curbuf->b_ind_js)
|
|
{
|
|
/* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
* class declaration or initialization */
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
* Also allow " } else".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
* with the last one.
|
|
* if (cond)
|
|
* 100 +
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|| lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
* are finished.
|
|
* while (not)
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
* Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
* before this is terminated.
|
|
* yyy;
|
|
* if (stat)
|
|
* while (not)
|
|
* xxx;
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
{
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_level
|
|
+ curbuf->b_ind_no_brace;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
* do, line up with the while()
|
|
* do
|
|
* x = 1;
|
|
* -> here
|
|
*/
|
|
l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
{
|
|
if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
--whilelevel;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
* one between the "if" and the matching "else".
|
|
* Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
* If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we
|
|
* find the opening brace of the enclosing scope,
|
|
* not the one from "if () {". */
|
|
if (*l == '}')
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col =
|
|
(colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
|
if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL
|
|
|| find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum)
|
|
== FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
* "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
* add something for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
* the line before this one.
|
|
*/
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
* the last one.
|
|
* c = 99 +
|
|
* 100 +
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
if (terminated == ',')
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
* lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
* declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
* opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
* enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
if (terminated == ',')
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
* reduce indent. */
|
|
if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
* line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
* 100 +
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
|
n = (int)STRLEN(l);
|
|
if (terminated == ',' && (*skipwhite(l) == ']'
|
|
|| (n >=2 && l[n - 2] == ']')))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
* are in an initialization or enum
|
|
* struct xxx =
|
|
* {
|
|
* sizeof a,
|
|
* 124 };
|
|
* or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
* but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
* yet.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_js)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Search for a line ending in a comma
|
|
* and line up with the line below it
|
|
* (could be the current line).
|
|
* some = [
|
|
* 1, <- line up here
|
|
* 2,
|
|
* some = [
|
|
* 3 + <- line up here
|
|
* 4 *
|
|
* 5,
|
|
* 6,
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
break;
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_COMMA;
|
|
trypos = find_match_char('[',
|
|
curbuf->b_ind_maxparen);
|
|
if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (trypos->lnum
|
|
== curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Current line is first inside
|
|
* [], line up with it. */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
&& *l != NUL
|
|
&& l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
/* XXX */
|
|
cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
&& lookfor != LOOKFOR_JS_KEY
|
|
&& lookfor != LOOKFOR_COMMA)
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
* If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated)) /* XXX */
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
* with the last one.
|
|
* while (cond);
|
|
* 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|| lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
}
|
|
++whilelevel;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
* If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
* indent of that other statement.
|
|
* Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
* search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
*/
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
* may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
&& cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
{
|
|
lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle "do {" line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
--whilelevel;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
* the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
* x = 1;
|
|
* y = foo +
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
* or
|
|
* int x = 1;
|
|
* int foo,
|
|
* -> here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|| lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cont_amount;
|
|
else
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
* etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
* x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
* if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
* while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
* here;
|
|
* ->foo;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
* To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
* a terminated line.
|
|
*/
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
* that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
* the line. Helps for:
|
|
* func(asdr,
|
|
* asdfasdf);
|
|
* here;
|
|
*/
|
|
term_again:
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
&& (trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
* handled above.
|
|
* case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
* asdf)
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
{
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
* with a statement after it.
|
|
* case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
* stat;
|
|
* }
|
|
* case 2:
|
|
* stat;
|
|
* }
|
|
*/
|
|
iscase = (curbuf->b_ind_keep_case_label
|
|
&& cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
* ignoring any jump label.
|
|
*/
|
|
amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, &l);
|
|
|
|
if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
/* See remark above: "Only add b_ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
l = skipwhite(l);
|
|
if (*l == '{')
|
|
amount -= curbuf->b_ind_open_extra;
|
|
lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
|
|
* the matching "if":
|
|
* else 3;
|
|
* indent this;
|
|
* Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
* If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
&& *l != '}'
|
|
&& cin_iselse(l)
|
|
&& whilelevel == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL
|
|
|| find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum)
|
|
== FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
* that block.
|
|
*/
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') /* XXX */
|
|
&& (trypos = find_start_brace()) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
/* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
/* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
goto term_again;
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment;
|
|
|
|
/* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
|
|
amount -= curbuf->b_ind_jump_label;
|
|
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
*
|
|
* This means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
* basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
* for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
* which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
*
|
|
* if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
* prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
* of a function
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
amount = curbuf->b_ind_first_open;
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
* line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
* Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
|
|
* current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
|
|
* contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
&& !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
&& vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
|
|
&& vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
|
|
&& !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
&& !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
&& cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1,
|
|
cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
&& !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = curbuf->b_ind_func_type;
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
amount = 0;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to the start
|
|
* of it.
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
* constructor initialization?
|
|
*/ /* XXX */
|
|
n = FALSE;
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
|
|
{
|
|
n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&cache_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
}
|
|
if (n)
|
|
{
|
|
/* XXX */
|
|
amount = get_baseclass_amount(cache_cpp_baseclass.lpos.col);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
* indentation:
|
|
* int foo,
|
|
* bar;
|
|
* do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
* enum foobar
|
|
* {
|
|
* ...
|
|
* } foo,
|
|
* bar;
|
|
*/
|
|
n = 0;
|
|
if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|| (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
{
|
|
/* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
&& (trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
|
/* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
* back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
* char *foo = "bla\
|
|
* bla",
|
|
* here;
|
|
*/
|
|
while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
break;
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
if (amount == 0)
|
|
amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
if (amount == 0)
|
|
amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
* not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0)) /* XXX */
|
|
break;
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
* current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* (matching {)
|
|
* If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
* comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
* char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
* / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the previous line ends on '[' we are probably in an
|
|
* array constant:
|
|
* something = [
|
|
* 234, <- extra indent
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"[", NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent() + ind_continuation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous
|
|
* line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase
|
|
* indent then.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1))
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont(
|
|
&look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0
|
|
&& cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
* line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
* parameters.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0))
|
|
{
|
|
amount = curbuf->b_ind_param;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
* previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
* int foo,
|
|
* bar;
|
|
* indent_to_0 here;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|| (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
break;
|
|
l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
* use the indent of this line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
* matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
|
if ((trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment;
|
|
|
|
/* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
* "asdfasdf\
|
|
* here";
|
|
* char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
* here";
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
{
|
|
cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
amount = cur_amount;
|
|
else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
if (amount < 0)
|
|
amount = 0;
|
|
|
|
laterend:
|
|
/* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
|
return amount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
find_match(int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *look;
|
|
pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
int elselevel;
|
|
int whilelevel;
|
|
|
|
if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
{
|
|
elselevel = 1;
|
|
whilelevel = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
elselevel = 0;
|
|
whilelevel = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|| cin_isif(look)
|
|
|| cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|| cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
* we must be out of scope...
|
|
*/
|
|
theirscope = find_start_brace(); /* XXX */
|
|
if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
* back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
* out of luck too.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
* then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
* different scope...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
* then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
* increment elselevel
|
|
*/
|
|
look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
{
|
|
mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
++elselevel;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
* another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
{
|
|
++whilelevel;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
{
|
|
elselevel--;
|
|
/*
|
|
* When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
* get in the way.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
whilelevel = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
whilelevel--;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
* this must be the if that we want!
|
|
* match the indent level of that if.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_expr_indent(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int indent;
|
|
pos_T save_pos;
|
|
colnr_T save_curswant;
|
|
int save_set_curswant;
|
|
int save_State;
|
|
int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
|
|
OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
|
/* Save and restore cursor position and curswant, in case it was changed
|
|
* via :normal commands */
|
|
save_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
save_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
save_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant;
|
|
set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
if (use_sandbox)
|
|
++sandbox;
|
|
++textlock;
|
|
indent = (int)eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
if (use_sandbox)
|
|
--sandbox;
|
|
--textlock;
|
|
|
|
/* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
* Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
* command. */
|
|
save_State = State;
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = save_pos;
|
|
curwin->w_curswant = save_curswant;
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = save_set_curswant;
|
|
check_cursor();
|
|
State = save_State;
|
|
|
|
/* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
if (indent < 0)
|
|
indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
|
return indent;
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
static int lisp_match(char_u *p);
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
lisp_match(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *word = *curbuf->b_p_lw != NUL ? curbuf->b_p_lw : p_lispwords;
|
|
|
|
while (*word != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
* The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
* code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
* mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
*
|
|
* TODO:
|
|
* Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
* work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
* - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
* - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
* - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
* All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
* Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
* I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_lisp_indent(void)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
int amount;
|
|
char_u *that;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
|
/* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
|
realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
paren = *pos;
|
|
pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
pos = &paren;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pos != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
* line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
amount = -1;
|
|
parencount = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
continue;
|
|
for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*that == ';')
|
|
{
|
|
while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
++that;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*that == '\\')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
++that;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
while (*++that && *that != '"')
|
|
{
|
|
/* skipping escaped characters in the string */
|
|
if (*that == '\\')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*++that == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (that[1] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
++that;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
++parencount;
|
|
else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
--parencount;
|
|
}
|
|
if (parencount == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
amount = get_indent();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (amount == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
col = pos->col;
|
|
|
|
that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
|
if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
amount = 2;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line = that;
|
|
|
|
amount = 0;
|
|
while (*that && col)
|
|
{
|
|
amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
col--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
* non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
*
|
|
* (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
* (...)) of (...))
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
&& lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
amount += 2;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
that++;
|
|
amount++;
|
|
firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
{
|
|
amount += lbr_chartabsize(line, that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
++that;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
{
|
|
/* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
|
|
* argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
firsttry++;
|
|
|
|
parencount = 0;
|
|
quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (vi_lisp
|
|
|| (*that != '"'
|
|
&& *that != '\''
|
|
&& *that != '#'
|
|
&& (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
{
|
|
while (*that
|
|
&& (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|| quotecount
|
|
|| parencount)
|
|
&& (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
&& !quotecount
|
|
&& !parencount
|
|
&& vi_lisp)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*that == '"')
|
|
quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
&& !quotecount)
|
|
++parencount;
|
|
if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
&& !quotecount)
|
|
--parencount;
|
|
if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(
|
|
line, &that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(
|
|
line, &that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
{
|
|
amount += lbr_chartabsize(
|
|
line, that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
that++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
amount = firsttry;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
|
return amount;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
prepare_to_exit(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
|
|
/* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
|
|
* makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
|
|
* problems. */
|
|
signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
* screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
*/
|
|
settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
#ifdef WIN3264
|
|
if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
stoptermcap();
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Preserve files and exit.
|
|
* When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
* NOTE: This may be called from deathtrap() in a signal handler, avoid unsafe
|
|
* functions, such as allocating memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
preserve_exit(void)
|
|
{
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
|
prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
|
/* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
|
|
* recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
|
|
really_exiting = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
out_str(IObuff);
|
|
screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
|
|
ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
|
for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
OUT_STR("Vim: preserving files...\n");
|
|
screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
|
OUT_STR("Vim: Finished.\n");
|
|
|
|
getout(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
vim_fexists(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
stat_T st;
|
|
|
|
if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
* Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
* each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
* time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
# else
|
|
# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
line_breakcheck(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
{
|
|
breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
fast_breakcheck(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
{
|
|
breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
|
|
* Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
|
|
* Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
expand_wildcards_eval(
|
|
char_u **pat, /* pointer to input pattern */
|
|
int *num_file, /* resulting number of files */
|
|
char_u ***file, /* array of resulting files */
|
|
int flags) /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
{
|
|
int ret = FAIL;
|
|
char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
|
|
char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
|
|
char_u *ignored_msg;
|
|
int usedlen;
|
|
|
|
if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
|
|
{
|
|
++emsg_off;
|
|
eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
|
|
NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
|
|
--emsg_off;
|
|
if (eval_pat != NULL)
|
|
exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (exp_pat != NULL)
|
|
ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
|
if (eval_pat != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(exp_pat);
|
|
vim_free(eval_pat);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
* 'wildignore'.
|
|
* Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_files" won't be set.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
expand_wildcards(
|
|
int num_pat, /* number of input patterns */
|
|
char_u **pat, /* array of input patterns */
|
|
int *num_files, /* resulting number of files */
|
|
char_u ***files, /* array of resulting files */
|
|
int flags) /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
{
|
|
int retval;
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
|
retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_files, files, flags);
|
|
|
|
/* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
|
|
return retval;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*p_wig)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
|
/* check all files in (*files)[] */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < *num_files; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
ffname = FullName_save((*files)[i], FALSE);
|
|
if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
break;
|
|
# ifdef VMS
|
|
vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*files)[i], ffname))
|
|
{
|
|
/* remove this matching files from the list */
|
|
vim_free((*files)[i]);
|
|
for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_files; ++j)
|
|
(*files)[j] = (*files)[j + 1];
|
|
--*num_files;
|
|
--i;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(ffname);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If the number of matches is now zero, we fail. */
|
|
if (*num_files == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(*files);
|
|
*files = NULL;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*num_files > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < *num_files; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!match_suffix((*files)[i]))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
* of the list.
|
|
*/
|
|
p = (*files)[i];
|
|
for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
(*files)[j] = (*files)[j - 1];
|
|
(*files)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
match_suffix(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
char_u *setsuf;
|
|
#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
|
fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
setsuflen = 0;
|
|
for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
{
|
|
setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
if (setsuflen == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
|
|
|
|
/* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
setsuflen = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
&& fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
(size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
setsuflen = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
static int vim_backtick(char_u *p);
|
|
static int expand_backtick(garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags);
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# if defined(WIN3264)
|
|
/*
|
|
* File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
* it's shared between these systems.
|
|
*/
|
|
# if defined(PROTO)
|
|
# define _cdecl
|
|
# else
|
|
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
# endif
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
*/
|
|
static int _cdecl
|
|
pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
{
|
|
return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
* directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
* Return the number of matches found.
|
|
* "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
* at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
* Return the number of matches found.
|
|
* NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
dos_expandpath(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *path,
|
|
int wildoff,
|
|
int flags, /* EW_* flags */
|
|
int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
char_u *path_end;
|
|
char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
char_u *pat;
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
int starts_with_dot;
|
|
int matches;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
# endif
|
|
char_u *matchname;
|
|
int ok;
|
|
|
|
/* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Make room for file name. When doing encoding conversion the actual
|
|
* length may be quite a bit longer, thus use the maximum possible length. */
|
|
buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL);
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
* Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
p = buf;
|
|
s = buf;
|
|
e = NULL;
|
|
path_end = path;
|
|
while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
* be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
*p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
{
|
|
if (e != NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
s = p + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
&& vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
e = p;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
p += len;
|
|
path_end += len;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
*p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
}
|
|
e = p;
|
|
*e = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
/* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
* component. */
|
|
for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
{
|
|
STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
|
|
--e;
|
|
--s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
starts_with_dot = *s == '.';
|
|
pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD))
|
|
++emsg_silent;
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD))
|
|
--emsg_silent;
|
|
vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
|
if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
|
/* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
* is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
&& *path_end == '/')
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
++stardepth;
|
|
(void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
--stardepth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
* wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
* to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
&& GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
wn = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wn == NULL)
|
|
# endif
|
|
hFind = FindFirstFile((LPCSTR)buf, &fb);
|
|
ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
|
while (ok)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
/* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
* all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot
|
|
|| ((flags & EW_DODOT)
|
|
&& p[1] != NUL && (p[1] != '.' || p[2] != NUL)))
|
|
&& (matchname == NULL
|
|
|| (regmatch.regprog != NULL
|
|
&& vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|| ((flags & EW_NOTWILD)
|
|
&& fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0)))
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
|
if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
{
|
|
/* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
* find matches. */
|
|
STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
++stardepth;
|
|
(void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
--stardepth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
{
|
|
/* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
/* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
(void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
/* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
|
/* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
* itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
FindClose(hFind);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
}
|
|
if (wn == NULL)
|
|
# endif
|
|
hFind = FindFirstFile((LPCSTR)buf, &fb);
|
|
ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
vim_free(matchname);
|
|
matchname = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FindClose(hFind);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
# endif
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
|
matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
if (matches > 0)
|
|
qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
return matches;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
mch_expandpath(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *path,
|
|
int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
{
|
|
return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
# endif /* WIN3264 */
|
|
|
|
#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
|
|
|| defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unix style wildcard expansion code.
|
|
* It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int pstrcmp(const void *, const void *);
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
{
|
|
return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
* directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
* "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
* at "path + wildoff".
|
|
* Return the number of matches found.
|
|
* NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
unix_expandpath(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *path,
|
|
int wildoff,
|
|
int flags, /* EW_* flags */
|
|
int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
char_u *path_end;
|
|
char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
char_u *pat;
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
int starts_with_dot;
|
|
int matches;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
|
|
DIR *dirp;
|
|
struct dirent *dp;
|
|
|
|
/* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* make room for file name */
|
|
buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
|
|
* When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard.
|
|
* Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
p = buf;
|
|
s = buf;
|
|
e = NULL;
|
|
path_end = path;
|
|
while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
* be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
*p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
else if (*path_end == '/')
|
|
{
|
|
if (e != NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
s = p + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
&& (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL
|
|
|| (!p_fic && (flags & EW_ICASE)
|
|
&& isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end)))))
|
|
e = p;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
p += len;
|
|
path_end += len;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
*p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
}
|
|
e = p;
|
|
*e = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */
|
|
/* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
* component. */
|
|
for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
{
|
|
STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
|
|
--e;
|
|
--s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
|
|
starts_with_dot = *s == '.';
|
|
pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
if (flags & EW_ICASE)
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
|
|
else
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = p_fic; /* ignore case when 'fileignorecase' is set */
|
|
if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD))
|
|
++emsg_silent;
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD))
|
|
--emsg_silent;
|
|
vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
|
if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
* is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
&& *path_end == '/')
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
++stardepth;
|
|
(void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
--stardepth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* open the directory for scanning */
|
|
*s = NUL;
|
|
dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
|
|
|
|
/* Find all matching entries */
|
|
if (dirp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
dp = readdir(dirp);
|
|
if (dp == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot
|
|
|| ((flags & EW_DODOT)
|
|
&& dp->d_name[1] != NUL
|
|
&& (dp->d_name[1] != '.' || dp->d_name[2] != NUL)))
|
|
&& ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match,
|
|
(char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|| ((flags & EW_NOTWILD)
|
|
&& fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0)))
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
|
|
len = STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
|
if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
{
|
|
/* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
* find matches. */
|
|
STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
++stardepth;
|
|
(void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
--stardepth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
|
|
{
|
|
/* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
/* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
(void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
stat_T sb;
|
|
|
|
/* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
/* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
if (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
/* add existing file or symbolic link */
|
|
if ((flags & EW_ALLLINKS) ? mch_lstat((char *)buf, &sb) >= 0
|
|
: mch_getperm(buf) >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
|
|
char_u *precomp_buf =
|
|
mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
|
|
|
|
if (precomp_buf)
|
|
{
|
|
mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
|
|
vim_free(precomp_buf);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
closedir(dirp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
|
matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
if (matches > 0)
|
|
qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
|
|
sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
return matches;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
static int find_previous_pathsep(char_u *path, char_u **psep);
|
|
static int is_unique(char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i);
|
|
static void expand_path_option(char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap);
|
|
static char_u *get_path_cutoff(char_u *fname, garray_T *gap);
|
|
static void uniquefy_paths(garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern);
|
|
static int expand_in_path(garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
|
|
* Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
find_previous_pathsep(char_u *path, char_u **psep)
|
|
{
|
|
/* skip the current separator */
|
|
if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
|
|
--*psep;
|
|
|
|
/* find the previous separator */
|
|
while (*psep > path)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
|
|
return OK;
|
|
mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
|
|
* "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
is_unique(char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
int candidate_len;
|
|
int other_path_len;
|
|
char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
|
|
char_u *rival;
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (j == i)
|
|
continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
|
|
|
|
candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
|
|
other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
|
|
if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
|
|
continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
|
|
|
|
rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
|
|
if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
|
|
&& (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
|
|
return FALSE; /* match */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; /* no match found */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
|
|
* paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
|
|
* (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
|
|
* directory) notations.
|
|
*
|
|
* TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
|
|
* expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
expand_path_option(char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
|
|
? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
while (*path_option != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
|
if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Relative to current buffer:
|
|
* "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
|
|
* "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (buf[1] == NUL)
|
|
buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
else
|
|
STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
|
|
mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
|
|
simplify_filename(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (buf[0] == NUL)
|
|
/* relative to current directory */
|
|
STRCPY(buf, curdir);
|
|
else if (path_with_url(buf))
|
|
/* URL can't be used here */
|
|
continue;
|
|
else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
|
|
if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
|
|
STRCPY(buf, curdir);
|
|
buf[len] = PATHSEP;
|
|
simplify_filename(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
# if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
/* Avoid the path ending in a backslash, it fails when a comma is
|
|
* appended. */
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
if (buf[len - 1] == '\\')
|
|
buf[len - 1] = '/';
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
|
|
* longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
|
|
*
|
|
* path: /foo/bar/baz
|
|
* fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
|
|
* returns: ^this
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
get_path_cutoff(char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int maxlen = 0;
|
|
char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
|
|
char_u *cutoff = NULL;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int j = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
|
|
# if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|| (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
|
|
#endif
|
|
) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
|
|
j++;
|
|
if (j > maxlen)
|
|
{
|
|
maxlen = j;
|
|
cutoff = &fname[j];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* skip to the file or directory name */
|
|
if (cutoff != NULL)
|
|
while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
|
|
|
|
return cutoff;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
|
|
* that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
|
|
* that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
uniquefy_paths(garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
|
|
int sort_again = FALSE;
|
|
char_u *pat;
|
|
char_u *file_pattern;
|
|
char_u *curdir;
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
garray_T path_ga;
|
|
char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
|
|
char_u *short_name;
|
|
|
|
remove_duplicates(gap);
|
|
ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
|
|
* regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
|
|
* possible patterns?
|
|
*/
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
|
|
file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
|
|
if (file_pattern == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
file_pattern[0] = '*';
|
|
file_pattern[1] = NUL;
|
|
STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
|
|
pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
|
|
vim_free(file_pattern);
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
|
|
vim_free(pat);
|
|
if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
|
|
expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
|
|
|
|
in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
if (in_curdir == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *path = fnames[i];
|
|
int is_in_curdir;
|
|
char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
|
|
char_u *pathsep_p;
|
|
char_u *path_cutoff;
|
|
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(path);
|
|
is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
|
|
&& curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
|
|
if (is_in_curdir)
|
|
in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
|
/* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
|
|
path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
|
|
|
|
/* we start at the end of the path */
|
|
pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
|
|
|
|
while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
|
|
if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
|
|
&& is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
|
|
&& path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
|
|
{
|
|
sort_again = TRUE;
|
|
mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mch_isFullName(path))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
|
|
* 'possible' means:
|
|
* 1. It is under the current directory.
|
|
* 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
|
|
*
|
|
* Before curdir After
|
|
* /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
|
|
* c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
|
|
* /file.txt / /file.txt
|
|
* c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
|
|
*/
|
|
short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
|
|
if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
/* On windows,
|
|
* shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
|
|
* returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
|
|
* name, hence: */
|
|
&& !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(path, ".");
|
|
add_pathsep(path);
|
|
STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *rel_path;
|
|
char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
|
|
|
|
if (path == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
|
|
* Else reduce it to {filename} */
|
|
short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
|
|
if (short_name == NULL)
|
|
short_name = path;
|
|
if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
|
|
if (rel_path == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
|
|
add_pathsep(rel_path);
|
|
STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
|
|
|
|
vim_free(fnames[i]);
|
|
fnames[i] = rel_path;
|
|
sort_again = TRUE;
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
vim_free(curdir);
|
|
if (in_curdir != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
|
|
vim_free(in_curdir);
|
|
}
|
|
ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
|
|
vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
|
if (sort_again)
|
|
remove_duplicates(gap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
|
|
* result in "gap".
|
|
* Returns the total number of matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
expand_in_path(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *pattern,
|
|
int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *curdir;
|
|
garray_T path_ga;
|
|
char_u *paths = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
|
ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
|
|
expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
|
|
vim_free(curdir);
|
|
if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga, ",");
|
|
ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
|
|
if (paths == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
globpath(paths, pattern, gap, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
|
|
vim_free(paths);
|
|
|
|
return gap->ga_len;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
|
|
* list of file names in allocated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
remove_duplicates(garray_T *gap)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int j;
|
|
char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
|
|
|
|
sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
|
|
for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
|
|
if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(fnames[i]);
|
|
for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
|
|
fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
|
|
--gap->ga_len;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static int has_env_var(char_u *p);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "p" contains what looks like an environment variable.
|
|
* Allowing for escaping.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
has_env_var(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
++p;
|
|
else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)
|
|
#if defined(MSWIN)
|
|
"$%"
|
|
#else
|
|
"$"
|
|
#endif
|
|
, *p) != NULL)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
static int has_special_wildchar(char_u *p);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "p" contains a special wildcard character.
|
|
* Allowing for escaping.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
has_special_wildchar(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
++p;
|
|
else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR, *p) != NULL)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
*
|
|
* Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
* backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
*
|
|
* Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
* set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
* Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
* matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gen_expand_wildcards(
|
|
int num_pat, /* number of input patterns */
|
|
char_u **pat, /* array of input patterns */
|
|
int *num_file, /* resulting number of files */
|
|
char_u ***file, /* array of resulting files */
|
|
int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
garray_T ga;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
int add_pat;
|
|
int retval = OK;
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
* it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
* call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
* return FAIL.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (recursive)
|
|
#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
#else
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
* here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
* avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
* For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (has_special_wildchar(pat[i])
|
|
# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
&& !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
# endif
|
|
)
|
|
return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
*/
|
|
ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
add_pat = -1;
|
|
p = pat[i];
|
|
|
|
#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
{
|
|
add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
if (add_pat == -1)
|
|
retval = FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~')
|
|
{
|
|
p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
p = pat[i];
|
|
#ifdef UNIX
|
|
/*
|
|
* On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
* variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
* found file names and start all over again.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~')
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
ga_clear_strings(&ga);
|
|
i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
flags|EW_KEEPDOLLAR);
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
* the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
* the pattern.
|
|
* If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
* when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
if ((flags & EW_PATH)
|
|
&& !mch_isFullName(p)
|
|
&& !(p[0] == '.'
|
|
&& (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
|
|
|| (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
/* :find completion where 'path' is used.
|
|
* Recursiveness is OK here. */
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
* "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
else
|
|
addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
vim_free(t);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
|
|
uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (p != pat[i])
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
*file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return ((flags & EW_EMPTYOK) || ga.ga_data != NULL) ? retval : FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
vim_backtick(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
* Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
* Returns number of file names found, -1 if an error is encountered.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
expand_backtick(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *pat,
|
|
int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *cmd;
|
|
char_u *buffer;
|
|
int cnt = 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
|
|
(flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0, NULL);
|
|
vim_free(cmd);
|
|
if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
cmd = buffer;
|
|
while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
p = cmd;
|
|
while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
++p;
|
|
/* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
if (p > cmd)
|
|
{
|
|
i = *p;
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
*p = i;
|
|
++cnt;
|
|
}
|
|
cmd = p;
|
|
while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
++cmd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(buffer);
|
|
return cnt;
|
|
}
|
|
# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
* EW_DIR add directories
|
|
* EW_FILE add files
|
|
* EW_EXEC add executable files
|
|
* EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
* EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
* EW_ALLLINKS add symlink also when the referred file does not exist
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
addfile(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *f, /* filename */
|
|
int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int isdir;
|
|
stat_T sb;
|
|
|
|
/* if the file/dir/link doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && ((flags & EW_ALLLINKS)
|
|
? mch_lstat((char *)f, &sb) < 0 : mch_getperm(f) < 0))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
/* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories.
|
|
* When invoked from expand_shellcmd() do not use $PATH. */
|
|
if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC)
|
|
&& !mch_can_exe(f, NULL, !(flags & EW_SHELLCMD)))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
slash_adjust(p);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
add_pathsep(p);
|
|
#endif
|
|
((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
# define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
# define SEEK_END 2
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
* If "ret_len" is NULL replace NUL characters with NL. When "ret_len" is not
|
|
* NULL store the length there.
|
|
* Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
get_cmd_output(
|
|
char_u *cmd,
|
|
char_u *infile, /* optional input file name */
|
|
int flags, /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
int *ret_len)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *tempname;
|
|
char_u *command;
|
|
char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
FILE *fd;
|
|
|
|
if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
|
|
if (command == NULL)
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
* Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
*/
|
|
++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
--no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(command);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* read the names from the file into memory
|
|
*/
|
|
# ifdef VMS
|
|
/* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
|
|
fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
# else
|
|
fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
if (fd == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
goto done;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
fclose(fd);
|
|
mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
goto done;
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (i != len)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
vim_free(buffer);
|
|
buffer = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ret_len == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Change NUL into SOH, otherwise the string is truncated. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
if (buffer[i] == NUL)
|
|
buffer[i] = 1;
|
|
|
|
buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
*ret_len = len;
|
|
|
|
done:
|
|
vim_free(tempname);
|
|
return buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
* functions.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
FreeWild(int count, char_u **files)
|
|
{
|
|
if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
while (count--)
|
|
vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
vim_free(files);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
* Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
* Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
goto_im(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Returns the isolated name of the shell in allocated memory:
|
|
* - Skip beyond any path. E.g., "/usr/bin/csh -f" -> "csh -f".
|
|
* - Remove any argument. E.g., "csh -f" -> "csh".
|
|
* But don't allow a space in the path, so that this works:
|
|
* "/usr/bin/csh --rcfile ~/.cshrc"
|
|
* But don't do that for Windows, it's common to have a space in the path.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
get_isolated_shell_name(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WIN3264
|
|
p = gettail(p_sh);
|
|
p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p));
|
|
#else
|
|
p = skiptowhite(p_sh);
|
|
if (*p == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No white space, use the tail. */
|
|
p = vim_strsave(gettail(p_sh));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the last path separator before the space. */
|
|
p1 = p_sh;
|
|
for (p2 = p_sh; p2 < p; mb_ptr_adv(p2))
|
|
if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
p = vim_strnsave(p1, (int)(p - p1));
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|